232
HP 1090 Series II/L Liquid Chromatograph Using Your HP 1090 ABCDE HP Part No. 01090-90024 Printed in Federal Republic of Germany April 1990

1090

  • Upload
    alf-flo

  • View
    55

  • Download
    4

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 1090

HP 1090 Series II/L Liquid Chromatograph

Using Your HP 1090

ABCDEHP Part No. 01090-90024

Printed in Federal Republic of Germany April 1990

Page 2: 1090

Notice This do cumen t con tains proprietary information which is

protected by cop yrigh t. All rights are reserved. No part

of this document may be photo copied, reproduced or

translated to another language without the prior written

consent of Hewlett-Pac kard.

W aldbronn Analytical Division

Hewlett-Pack ard-Strasse

D-7517 W aldbronn 2

F ederal Republic of Germany

c­ Copyright 1990, Hewlett-Pack ard.

Page 3: 1090

Important For details of warranty , safety precautions, safety

symbols and radio interference, refer to your HP 1090

Guide Bo oks.

Printing History First edition October 1984

Second edition April 1985

Third edition July 1986

Fourth edition April 1990

Printed in Federal Republic of Germany

Typographic

Conv entions

The typographic conventions used in this handbook are

given below.

Keyboard Keys When a key on the keyboard is indicated, it is written

inside a small bo x, like the follo wing:

§Enter • §Ctrl • §Start •

Display Items Items that appear on the display are written inside a

shaded box, like the following:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

HP 1090 Series II/L system on

Note A hand symbol in the left margin shows a note. Read

this information, it might be helpful or necessary before

continuing.

iii

Page 4: 1090

Text Items Italics Italic type is used for emphasis and

for the titles of handbooks and

other publications. F or example,

use your Quick R efer enc e Guide to

answer day-to-day questions.

\Cross-References" Quotation marks are used for

references to other sections in the

handbook. F or example, see \Start

Up" in Chapter 1.

iv

Page 5: 1090

Please ¨ll out and give to y our lo cal Hewlett-Pac k ard representativ e, or post it to your local

oÆce or to this address:

Learning Products Group

W aldbronn Analytical Division

Hewlett-Pack ard GmbH

Hewlett-Pack ard-Strasse

D-7517 W aldbronn 2

Federal Republic of Germany

Using Y our HP 1090

HP 1090 Series I I/L Liquid Chromatograph

What is your ma jor application of the product described in these handbo oks?

How long have you been using this product?

§ • Just

received

§ • 1 to 3

months

§ • 3 to 6

months

§ • 6 to 12

months

§ • Over 1

year

How often do you refer to these handooks?

§ • Daily § • W eekly § • Monthly § • Seldom § • Never

v

Page 6: 1090

Please indicate your agreement (or

disagreemen t) with these statements:

Strongly

Agree

Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

Disagree

Ø The handbooks contain the information I

need.

§ • § • § • § • § •

Ø The information is accurate. § • § • § • § • § •

Ø The instructions are easy to understand. § • § • § • § • § •

Ø The handbook format and size are about right. § • § • § • § • § •

Ø The illustrations are clear and helpful. § • § • § • § • § •

Please feel free to write additional comments.

Use additional sheets if you wish, the more detailed your comments

the more helpful they are to us.

Name: Date:

Company:

Address:

ABCDEThank you.

vi

Page 7: 1090

Using This

Handbook

This handbook describes op er ation of your HP 1090

Series I I/L liquid chromatograph.

Y our HP 1090 is just one of many di´erent combinations

of solvent delivery systems, injectors, column

compartments, detectors and communication interfaces

that are av ailable. Y ou have selected the modules

required to give you the capabilities you need.

In this handbook you will ¨nd all the instructions you

need to be able operate the combination of modules

you have in your HP 1090. Y ou will also see functions

av ailable with other combinations of modules. If

you are interested in using these alternative and

additional functions, contact your local Hewlett-Pack ard

representative who will advise you on the compatibilit y

of these functions with your HP 1090.

The HP 1090 Series II/L is av ailable with 3 di´erent

types of user interface:

lusi system controller (with built-in functional

keyboard and displa y).

lusi system controller (with built-in functional

keyboard and display) and with Instrument Network

( inet ) communication interface.

lusi system controller (with built-in functional

keyboard and display) and with Hewlett-Pack ard

Interface Bus ( hp-ib ) communication interface.

L USI SystemController

Y ou can combine the lusi system controller with:

Any solvent delivery option;

Any injector option;

Any column compartment option;

Built-in ¨lter-photometric detector.

This type of HP 1090 Series II/L communicates start,

stop, ready , start request and shutdown signals with

vii

Page 8: 1090

other instruments (recorders, integrators, data systems,

etc.) through the remote control output. The vial

number is av ailable at the BCD output.

The ¨lter-photometric detector sends chromatographic

signal data through 2 analog signal outputs.

Y ou can improv e the communication capabilities of

the lusi system controller by adding either the inet

communication interface or the hp-ib communication

interface.

LUSI SystemController with INET

Y ou can combine the lusi system controller and inet

communication interface with:

Any solvent delivery option;

Any injector option;

Any column compartment option;

Built-in ¨lter-photometric detector.

This type of HP 1090 Series II/L can communicate

with other instruments through the remote control and

BCD outputs, or through the hp-il output of the inet

communication interface.

The inet communication interface allo ws you to

connect your HP 1090 through the Hewlett-Pack ard

Interface Loop ( hp-il ) to an HP 3392A, HP 3393A or

HP 3396A Integrator, giving you full automation of

the chromatographic analysis and data handling. Y ou

can store sets of chromatograhic, detection and data

handling parameters in the memory of your integrator.

Y ou can then combine di´erent sets of parameters to run

complete series of coordinated analyses unattended.

viii

Page 9: 1090

LUSI SystemController with HP-IB

Y ou can combine the lusi system controller and hp-ib

communication interface with:

Any solvent delivery option;

Any injector option;

Any column compartment option;

Built-in ¨lter-photometric detector or built-in

diode-array detector, or with a stand-alone

diode-array detector (HP 1040).

This type of HP 1090 Series II/L can communicate start,

stop, ready , start request and shutdown signals with

other instruments (recorders, integrators, data systems,

etc.) through the remote control output and vial number

through the BCD output.

Both the ¨lter-photometric and diode-array detectors

can send chromatographic signal data through 2 analog

signal outputs.

The hp-ib communication interface allo ws you to use

the enhanced detection capabilities of the diode-array

detector. Y ou can connect a Hewlett-Pack ard ThinkJet

printer through hp-ib to print spectra and results of

automatic peak-purity checks (for details see your HP

1090 Guide Bo oks ).

If you have a Hewlett-Pack ard LC ChemStation (Pascal

series) you can connect your HP 1090 through hp-ib,

giving you 3-dimensional data from the diode-array

detector and enhanced automation and data handling

capabilities. Operation and control of your HP 1090

is through the keyboard of the ChemStation and

not through the lusi system controller (the keys

§Pump on/o´ • , §Lamp on/o´ • , §Start • , §Stop • and §Enter • on the

lusi system controller retain their function, although the

functionality of §Start • and §Stop • is di´erent).

ix

Page 10: 1090

What Information is inThis Handbook

Chapter 1 \Getting Started" ¨rst describes how to start

up and shut down your HP 1090 and then describes how

you control the HP 1090 through the user interface.

The keyboard has 3 sets of keys; system keys, analysis

control keys and parameter keys. Chapter 2 \System

Keys", Chapter 3 \Analysis Control Keys" and

Chapter 4 \Parameter Keys" explain each set of keys in

detail.

Chapter 5 \HP 1090 Methods" describes how you

can store complete sets of separation and detection

parameters in electronic memory of the HP 1090.

Chapter 6 \HP 1090 Sequences" explains how you can

run a series of two or more analyses from one or more

vials, using di´erent HP 1090 methods.

Chapter 7 \Auxiliary F unctions" describes the functions

that you use to con¨gure and troubleshoot your HP

1090.

Chapter 8 \Status" describes all the messages that the

HP 1090 generates with clear instructions on the action

you should take.

Chapter 9 through Chapter 13 describe automation of

your chromatographic and data handling system using

inet. Ignore these chapters if your HP 1090 does not

have an inet communication interface.

Chapter 9 \HP 3392A W ork¨les" explains how you can

store the HP 1090 method parameters in the memory

of an HP 3392A as a work¨le. When you have stored

several work¨les Chapter 10 \HP 3392A W ork¨le

Chains" explains how you can run a series of analyses

using two or more work¨les.

Chapter 11 \HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods"

explains how you can store the HP 1090 method

parameters in the memory of an HP 3392A or HP 3396A

as a method. When you have stored several HP 3392A

x

Page 11: 1090

or HP 3396A methods, Chapter 12 \HP 3393A and HP

3396A Sequences" explains how you can run a series

of analyses using two or more methods in a sequence.

Chapter 13 \HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains"

explains how you can write a simple basic program on

the HP 3393A or HP 3396A to run a series of sequences

automatically .

What OtherHandbooks are

Av ailable

With your HP 1090 you will have also received a set

of HP 1090 Guides Bo oks. Refer to these guides for an

overview of the HP 1090 and information on installation,

maintenance, troubleshooting and repair.

A Servic e Handb ook is av ailable for detailed reference.

It contains information on service and repair. It is not

shipped with the HP 1090. Y ou can order the service

handbook by contacting your local Hewlett-Pack ard

oÆce.

Ordering Information

Title

Hewlett-P ac k ard

Part Num ber

Using Y our HP 1090 01090-90024

HP 1090 Guide Books 01090-90210

Getting Ready for Y our HP 1090 01090-90211

Service Handbook 01090-90100

xi

Page 12: 1090
Page 13: 1090

1

Getting Started

Do you want to operate your HP 1090 through the LUSI

system controller or through an HPLC ChemStation?

If yes to LUSI system con troller|go to \Start Up."

If yes to HPLC ChemStation|go to \Using Y our HP

1090 With a ChemStation."

Start Up Before you start up your HP 1090, check that:

HP 1090 is correctly installed, see your HP 1090 Guide

Bo oks.

HP 1090 is connected to line power, but with ¸ LINE

switch in o´ position;

If your HP 1090 has a variable-volume auto-injector,

check that:

Compressed air is supply on.

If your HP 1090 is connected to a stand-alone

diode-array detector (HP 1040) through the hp-ib

communication interface, check that:

HP 1040 is connected to line power with ¸ LINE

switch in on position and HP 1040 is in stand by or

operate status.

T o start up your HP 1090:

Getting Started 1-1

Page 14: 1090

1. T urn-on line power at the ¸ LINE switch on rear

panel.

2. Press §System on • . Y our HP 1090 does a self-test,

con¨gures the installed modules and displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

selftest executingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ROM-test executingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

display-test executingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

verifying method dataNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method data okNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

localNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

initializing

After successful self-test and con¨guration, the following

is displayed.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

HP 1090 Series II/L system on

If the HP 1090 was not correctly shut down or a

powerfail occurred, the follo wing is displayed:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

HP 1090 II/L on after powerfail

For details of the correct shut-down procedure, see

\Shut Down." If anything else other than the above is

displayed, see Chapter 8.

If the NOT READY or ERROR lamps are on, check the

status of the HP 1090 by pressing §Status • to display:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PRE 0 100 100 1

Now press the §©• key to display any error and not ready

messages. Press the §©• key repeatedly to display any

event messages in the status logbook. For example:

§©•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

nRdy: AirP

§©•

1-2 Getting Started

Page 15: 1090

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

EI18 INJ ERROR 00:00:00

orNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

EI18 INJ FAILED 00:00:00

In the example, the compressed air supply is o´. For

details of what to do when other error, not ready or

event messages occur, see Chapter 8.

Using Your HP

1090 With a

ChemStation

If your HP 1090 has an hp-ib communication

interface, you can control the parameters of the liquid

chromatograph and detector through the lusi system

controller (in lo cal mode) or with an HPLC ChemStation

(in r emote mode).

Switching From Localto Remote

Switching from local to remote enables you to control

the HP 1090 through an HPLC ChemStation.

1. T urn o´ HP 1090, press §Shift • , §System o´ • .

2. Connect an HP-IB cable between the HP 1090 and

the ChemStation.

3. T urn on HP 1090, press §System on • .

The HP 1090 does a self-test and displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method data ok

follow ed by:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

local

for about 2 seconds.

4. Press and hold §Escape • until the HP 1090 displays:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

remote

The HP 1090 is now in remote mode. All keys are

locked except for §Pump on • , §Pump o´ • , §Lamp on • ,

§Lamp o´ • , §Start • and §Stop • . When you turn on the HP

Getting Started 1-3

Page 16: 1090

1090, it will be in remote mode until you switch it to

local mode.

Switching FromRemote to Local

Switching from remote to local enables you to control

the HP 1090 through the lusi system controller.

1. T urn o´ HP 1090, press §Shift • , §System o´ • .

2. Disconnect the HP-IB cable between the HP 1090 and

the ChemStation.

3. T urn on HP 1090, press §System on • .

The HP 1090 does a self-test and displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method data ok

follo wed by:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

remote

for about 2 seconds.

4. Press and hold §Escape • until the HP 1090 displays:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

local

The HP 1090 is now in local mode. When you turn

on the HP 1090, it will be in local mode until you

switch it to remote mode.

Switching between these modes has no e´ect on the

stored methods. However, when you turn on the HP

1090 the current method will be the default method.

1-4 Getting Started

Page 17: 1090

Shut Do wn Always use the follo wing procedure to shut down the HP

1090:

1. T urn o´ the HP 1090 by pressing §Shift • §System o´ • .

The current method and any stored methods are

retained in memory . Line power to the HP 1090 is

still on.

2. T urn o´ the line power at the ¸ LINE switch at the

rear of the HP 1090. The current method and any

stored methods are retained in memory . The memory

is powered by a battery .

If a powerfail occurs during operation or if you turn o´

line power at the ¸ LINE switch before pressing §Shift •

§System o´ • , the current method, any stored methods and

the logbook are retained in memory . The memory is

powered by a battery .

When you restart the HP 1090, the follo wing is

displayed:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

HP 1090 II/L on after powerfail

In addition, a corresponding event message will be

entered in the status logbook. For example:

§Status • §©• §©•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ES00 POWERFAIL AT 12:08:59

Getting Started 1-5

Page 18: 1090

The Keyboard The keyboard is used to:

Edit the display and thereby change chromatographic

and detection variables;

Start and stop chromatographic analyses.

The keyboard can be divided into di´erent ma jor

functional ¨elds; system keys, analysis contr ol keys

and par ameter keys, which you will ¨nd described in

Chapter 2, Chapter 3 and Chapter 4.

System Keys These keys are mainly used for utilit y and management

functions such as switching the solvent delivery system

on and o´ or loading and storing methods. Some keys

also allo w access to parameters which you may enter.

W ach key has 2 functions; press the §Shift • key ¨rst to use

the functions labeled in blue.

Unshifted System Keys

§Disp • §Timetable •

§Load • §Method •

§Status • §Sequ •

§System on • §Pump on • §Lamp on •

Shifted System Keys

§Print • §Alpha •

§Store • §Delete •

§Ctrl • §Insert •

§System o´ • §Pump o´ • §Lamp o´ •

1-6 Getting Started

Page 19: 1090

Analysis Control Keys

§Start •

§Stop •

These keys are used to start or stop single analysis or

automated analysis.

Parameters Keys These keys are used to enter chromatographic and

detection setpoints.

§Flo w • §% • §Max Press •

§Inj Vol • §Inj Wash • §Oven T emp •

§Column Switch • §Ext Cont • §Stop Time •

§µ Signal • §Resp Time • §T ake Spectra •

Display Line The display line is used to indicate chromatographic and

detection variables as well as status information.

Status Lamps The Injecting , Running and Sequence lamps indicate

status of the analysis and sequence.

The Not ready and Error lamps indicate that the HP

1090 is not ready for an injection or that a fault has

been found.

The Lamp lamp indicates the status of the lamp of the

detector installed in the HP 1090.

When a lamp comes on, a status message is displayed or

entered in the status logbook, see Chapter 8.

Getting Started 1-7

Page 20: 1090

Editing the Display Y ou use the follo wing keys to edit and then enter

variables and functions. When you begin to edit the

display , the cursor ( ), a ­ashing rectangle is replaced by

a ­ashing exclamation mark ( ! ).

§¶• Moves cursor to the left.

§ß• Moves cursor to the right.

§®• Moves display up one line.

§©• Moves display down one line.

§Escape • Moves cursor to previous entry , deleting

that entry . Use this key to abort printouts

initiated by §Print • key .

§T ab • Moves cursor to next entry window; like

tabulator.

§Enter • Enters value or function displayed on line.

Y ou must press §Enter • to enter a new value.

Setting

Parameters

Setting a parameter is done in three steps:

1. Select function.

2. Edit set point.

3. Enter new set point.

Step 1:Select Function

For ease-of-use, the most frequently used functions can

be selected by pressing one key:

1-8 Getting Started

Page 21: 1090

§Flow • §% • §Max Press •

§Inj Vol • §Inj Wash • §Oven T emp •

§Column Switch • §Ext Cont • §Stop Time •

§µ Signal • §Resp Time • §T ake Spectra •

Pressing one of these keys displays the function, its set

point and its actual value (if appropriate), for example:

§Flow •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

FLOW = 0 ; 0

The set value of the function is displayed following the

equals sign and the actual value following the semi-colon.

The ­ashing rectangle on the display is the cursor.

The other functions are grouped as lists where each

line comprises a function and its set point. Imagine the

display to be a window through which you can see one of

these lines, for example:

§Method •

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M*: HP 1090 II/L default method

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1,0

FLOW = 0

% B= 0 , C= 0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 0

.

.

etc.

Y ou can move the window to the desired function with

the §®• and §©• keys, for example:

Getting Started 1-9

Page 22: 1090

§Method • §©• §©•

M*: HP 1090 II/L default method

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1,0WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

FLOW = 0

% B= 0 , C= 0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 0

.

.

etc.

Step 2:Edit Set Point

T o edit the displayed set point, simply type the new

value using the numeric keys, for example:

§2• §.• §5•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FLOW =2.5! ; 0

If you now realize that you want a ­ow of 2.8 and not

2.5, press §Escape • and then type 2.8:

§Escape • §2• §.• §8•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FLOW =2.8! ; 0

Alternatively , you can move the cursor back using the §¶•

key and then type 8 instead of 5:

§¶• §8•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FLOW =2.8! ; 0

When you are satis¨ed that the display ed set point is the

one you want, you are ready to enter the new value.

Step 3:Enter New Set Point

T o enter new set point, press:

§Enter •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

FLOW = 2.8 ; 0

1-10 Getting Started

Page 23: 1090

The actual value remains at 0. When you turn-on the

solvent delivery system, the actual value will increase

until it is equal to the set point:

§Pump on •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

FLOW = 2.8 ; 2.8

Illegal Parameter

Entry

When you make an incorrect entry on the keyboard,

a message is displayed for about 2 seconds before

redisplaying the line where the incorrect entry was made.

The HP 1090 then waits for you to make a correct entry .

For example:

§Flow • §2• §5• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

parameter out of rangeWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

FLOW = 0 ; 0

The follo wing messages can occur:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

instruction not identifiedNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

instruction is illegalNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

parameter missingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

delimiter missingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

parameter out of rangeNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

wrong delimiterNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

injector rejects instructionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

injector not installedNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

detector rejects instructionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

detector not installedNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

detector timeoutNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

option not installedNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

injector program error

Getting Started 1-11

Page 24: 1090

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

injvol exceeds limit!NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

injvol below zero!NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

mix volume out of limits!NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

command INJECT missing!NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

use command INJECT only once

1-12 Getting Started

Page 25: 1090

2

System Keys

Unshifted System Keys

§Disp • §Timetable •

§Load • §Method •

§Status • §Sequ •

§System on • §Pump on • §Lamp on •

Shifted System Keys

§Print • §Alpha •

§Store • §Delete •

§Ctrl • §Insert •

§System o´ • §Pump o´ • §Lamp o´ •

§Shift • The §Shift • key is the blue-labeled key located on the

lower-left side of the keyboard. This key accesses the

shifted functions which are also labeled blue.

When you press §Shift • , the lamp to the left of the key

comes on. Y ou can now select a shifted function. If you

want to select a further shifted function, you must press

§Shift • again.

System Keys 2-1

Page 26: 1090

§System on • T urns on the HP 1090. The HP 1090 does a self-test and

con¨gures the modules which are installed, see \Start

Up" in Chapter 1.

§Shift • §System o´ • T urns o´ the HP 1090. The current method and any

stored methods are retained in memory . The memory is

powered by a battery .

§Pump on • T urns on solvent delivery system (SDS): HP 1090

delivers solvent according to %B, %C, %D and FLOW . The

follo wing is displayed:

§Pump on •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

pump is on

Note Before you turn on the SDS, always make sure that there

is degassed solvent in each reservoir of con¨gured solvent

channels. If the SDS is being turned on for the ¨rst time

or it has been o´ for a long time, you must prime the

SDS:

1. Disconnect the column.

2. Fill solvent reservoirs with 2-propanol (isopropanol).

3. Degas the 2-propanol.

4. Flush each channel separately with maximum ­ow

rate.

5. Flush all channels simultaneously with maximum ­ow

rate.

2-2 System Keys

Page 27: 1090

§Shift • §Pump o´ • T urns o´ SDS and displays:

§Shift • §Pump o´ •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

pump is off

§Lamp on • T urns on detector lamp and/or calibrates detector.

§Lamp on • with FPD If your HP 1090 has a built-in ¨lter photometric

detector, §Lamp on • turns on the detector lamp and

calibrates the detector.

§Lamp on •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

lamp ignition in progress

If lamp is already on, the detector is calibrated, see

\Calibrating the FPD."

§Lamp on •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

detector calibrating

Calibrating the FPD

Calibration comprises dark current measurement and a

balance. For dark current measurement, the ¨lter wheel

is moved so that it blocks light path and the amount of

stray light still reaching photodiodes is measured and

subtracted from all subsequent measurements. When a

balance is made, the eluent absorbance in the ­ow cell is

measured. During an analysis, output signal is di´erence

between the current absorbance and the absorbance

measured at the balance time.

If your HP 1090 has an auto-injector, the FPD is

calibrated automatically before an injection cycle is

started. If your HP 1090 has a manual injection-v alve,

System Keys 2-3

Page 28: 1090

the FPD must be calibrated manually by pressing

§Lamp on • .

§Lamp on • with DAD If your HP 1090 has a built-in or stand-alone (HP 1040)

diode-array detector connected through the hp-ib

communication interface, §Lamp on • turns on the detector

lamp and calibrates the detector.

§Lamp on •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

lamp ignition in progress

If lamp is already on, the detector is calibrated, see

\Calibrating the DAD."

§Lamp on •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

detector calibrating

Calibrating the DAD

Calibration comprises dark current measurement and

a balance. For dark current measurement, the shutter

is moved to block the light path and the amount of

stray light still reaching photodiodes is measured and

subtracted from all subsequent measurements. When a

balance is made, the eluent absorbance in the ­ow cell is

measured. During an analysis, output signal is di´erence

between the current absorbance and the absorbance

measured at the balance time.

If you have an HP 1040, pressing the §Operate • key on the

front panel has the same function as the §Lamp on • key on

the HP 1090 keyboard.

If your HP 1090 has an auto-injector, the DAD is

calibrated automatically before an injection cycle is

started. If your HP 1090 has a manual injection-v alve,

the DAD must be calibrated manually by pressing

§Lamp on • or §Operate • (on the HP 1040 front panel).

2-4 System Keys

Page 29: 1090

§Shift • §Lamp o´ • T urns o´ detector lamp and displays:

§Shift • §Lamp o´ •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

lamp is off

§Disp • This is the display key and it can be used with the

§Method • , §µ Signal • and §Max Press • keys.

It is used with the §Method • key to display the stored

methods and with the §µ Signal • key to display the

wavelengths of the FPD's ¨lters.

§Disp • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M0: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM HP

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1

FLOW = 3

% B=20 , C= 0

.

.

.

Each line of method 0 is displayed for about 2 seconds.

Y ou can display any previously-stored method (0 to 8).

Press any key to stop the listing, then move up and

down the list using the §®• and §©• keys. Y ou cannot edit

any of the displayed lines.

If you try to display a method that has not been stored:

§Disp • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 non existent

Used with the §µ Signal • key , the §Disp • key lists the ¨lter

positions of the FPD.

System Keys 2-5

Page 30: 1090

§Disp • §µ Signal • §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FILTER# 1 : WAVELENGTH = 254nm

FILTER# 2 : WAVELENGTH = 270nm

FILTER# 3 : WAVELENGTH = 305nm

.

.

.

Each of the ¨lter positions (1 through 7) of the FPD are

displayed for about 2 seconds. Press any key to stop the

listing, then move up and down the list using the §®• and

§©• keys. Y ou cannot edit any of the displayed lines.

Used with the §Max Press • key , the §Disp • key displays

pressure and ­ow readings.

§Disp • §Max Press •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

HP 179 LP 9 , 3 FL 2.500

Pressure ( LP ) and ­ow ( FL ) readings are updated every

second. Press any key to stop the listing. Y ou cannot

edit the displayed line.

§Print •

HP 1090 With NoCommunication

Interface

If your HP 1090 has no communication interface

( inet or hp-ib ) you have no device on which to make

printouts.

HP 1090 With INET If your HP 1090 has an inet communication interface

and is connected through hp-il to an HP 3392A, HP

3393A or HP 3396A integrator, you can print all the

HP 1090 and integrator parameters on the integrator's

internal printer. Y ou can start printouts from the HP

1090 keyboard or from the integrator keyboard.

2-6 System Keys

Page 31: 1090

HP 1090 With HP-IB If your HP 1090 has an hp-ib communication interface

and is connected to a ThinkJet printer, you can print all

the HP 1090 parameters on the ThinkJet printer.

Printing CurrentMethod

Each line of the current method is printed on the

ThinkJet printer (if your HP 1090 has an hp-ib

interface) or on the internal printer of your integrator (if

your HP 1090 has an inet interface).

§Shift • §Print • §Method • §Enter •

M*: THIS IS A TEST

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1

FLOW = 3

% B=20 , C= 0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 0

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 0

POSTTIME = 0

COLUMNSW = 0

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0

INJVOLUM = 2 Normal Injection

.

.

.

Where:

M0 to M9 is printed if the current method has been

loaded from HP 1090 memory before.

M# is printed if the current method has been

loaded from the integrator before.

M* is printed if the current method has been

modi¨ed.

System Keys 2-7

Page 32: 1090

Printing CurrentInjector Program

Each line of the current injector program is printed on

the ThinkJet printer (if your HP 1090 has an hp-ib

interface).

§Shift • §Print • §Inj Vol • §Enter •

INJVOLUM = - Injector Program

SPEED: DRAW 2; EJECT 2; MIX 2

HOLD: DRAW 0sec; EJECT 0sec

1 DRAW 2.6ul FROM VIAL # 100

.

.

.

End InjProg ( 5.0ul in Syringe)

Printing StoredMethod

Each line of the stored method is printed on the

ThinkJet printer (if your HP 1090 has an hp-ib

interface) or on the internal printer of your integrator (if

your HP 1090 has an inet interface).

§Shift • §Print • §Method • §2• §Enter •

M*: THIS IS A TEST

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1

FLOW = 3

% B=20 , C= 0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 0

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 0

POSTTIME = 0

COLUMNSW = 0

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0

INJVOLUM = 2 Normal Injection

.

.

.

If you try to print a method that has not been stored the

follo wing is displayed on the HP 1090:

2-8 System Keys

Page 33: 1090

§Shift • §Print • §Method • §2• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 2 non existent

Printing MethodDirectory

The ¨rst line (comment) of each method currently stored

in the HP 1090 memory is printed on the ThinkJet

printer (if your HP 1090 has an hp-ib interface) or on

the internal printer of your integrator (if your HP 1090

has an inet interface).

§Shift • §Print • §Method • §Status • §Enter •

M0: HP 1090 II/L default method

.

.

.

M9: HP 1090L Amino Acid Method

If you try to print a non-existent method directory the

following is displayed on the HP 1090:

§Shift • §Print • §Method • §Status • §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

no method stored

Printing FilterW avelengths

The wavelength and position of the FPD's ¨lter wheel

is printed on the ThinkJet printer (if your HP 1090 has

an hp-ib interface) or on the internal printer of your

integrator (if your HP 1090 has an inet interface).

§Shift • §Print • §µ Signal • §Enter •

FILTER# 1 : WAVELENGTH = 210NM

FILTER# 2 : WAVELENGTH = 230NM

FILTER# 3 : WAVELENGTH = 254NM

FILTER# 4 : WAVELENGTH = NM

FILTER# 5 : WAVELENGTH = NM

FILTER# 6 : WAVELENGTH = NM

FILTER# 7 : WAVELENGTH = NM

If your HP 1090 does not have a ¨lter photometric

detector, the follo wing is displayed:

§Shift • §Print • §µ Signal • §Enter •

System Keys 2-9

Page 34: 1090

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

option not installed

§Metho d• This key is used in the HP 1090:

F or method management with the §Store • , §Load • , §Delete •

and §Print • keys, see Chapter 5;

T o select the current method for editing and to access

some parameters which do not have their own keys on

the keyboard, see \ §Method • " in Chapter 4.

The following example is the method of an HP 1090

with:

DR5 solvent delivery system.

Auto-injector.

Thermostatically controlled column compartment.

Column switching valve.

§Method •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M*: HP 1090 II/L default method

SDS-CONFIG: A=1 B=1 C=1

FLOW = 2

% B= 0 , C= 0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 30

OVENTEMP = 0

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 0

POSTTIME = 0

COLUMNSW = 0

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0

INJVOLUM = 2 Normal Injection

If your HP 1090 has a built-in ¨lter photometric

detector, the method will have the follo wing additional

parameters:

2-10 System Keys

Page 35: 1090

FILTER# = 3

RESPONSETIME = 0

ZERO% = 5

ATTENUATION = 6

LAMPCURRENT = 1

If your HP 1090 has a built-in or stand-alone diode-array

detector (connected through the hp-ib communication

interface), the method will have the follo wing additional

parameters:

A S=230,4 R=550,100

B S=254,4 R=550,100

C S=260,80 R=550,100

D S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

E S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

F S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

G S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

H S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

MEM PE=0.100 TH=10.000

MEM=0 ;off

SPE FROM=210 TO=400 STEP=2

When you press §Method • the ¨rst line of the current

method is displayed. The other lines can be displayed

using the §®• and §©• keys. For details of the current

method, see \ §Method • " in Chapter 4.

§Timetable • The §Timetable • key is used to select the current timetable

for editing, for example:

System Keys 2-11

Page 36: 1090

§Timetable •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT 4 % B= 20

AT 4 % B= 40

AT 6.5 FLOW= 0.1

.

.

.

When you press §Timetable • the ¨rst line of the current

timetable is displayed. The other lines can be displayed

using the §®• and §©• keys. For details of the current

timetable, see \ §Timetable • " in Chapter 4.

§Sequ • The §Sequ • (sequence) key is used to enter parameters for

automation of your HP 1090 with the auto-injector.

If your HP 1090 does not have an auto-injector, pressing

§Sequ • displays:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

option not installed

Y ou enter automation parameters using the sequence

table. Pressing §Sequ • displays the ¨rst line of the

sequence table. The other lines can be displayed using

the §®• and §©• keys. For details of the sequence table,

see Chapter 6

Note If you have an HP 3392A, HP 3393A or HP 3396A

integrator (connected through the inet communication

interface), you can coordinate automatic operation of

your HP 1090 and integrator, see Chapter 9 through

Chapter 13.

2-12 System Keys

Page 37: 1090

§Status • The §Status • key is used to display the status information.

If your HP 1090 has an auto-injector:

§Status •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PRE 0 100 100 1

nRdy: Airp,Oven

EI18: INJ FAILED/ERROR 00:00:00

.

.

.

If your HP 1090 has a manual injection-v alve:

§Status •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PRE - - -- --- --- --

nRdy: Oven

.

.

.

Pressing §Status • displays the ¨rst line of the status

information. The other lines can be displayed using the

§®• and §©• keys. F or details of the status information,

see \ §Status • ."

§Ctrl • Y ou use the §Ctrl • (control) key to select auxiliary

functions.

§Shift • §Ctrl • §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

RESET INJECTOR

MAXFLOW@P = 0

MAXINJVOLUM= 25

TIME = HH:MM:SS ; 00:00:00

ABORT

RESET (will delete all methods!)

System Keys 2-13

Page 38: 1090

If your HP 1090 has a built-in ¨lter photometric

detector, an additional auxiliary function will be

displayed:

DETSIGNAL = 0

If your HP 1090 has a built-in or stand-alone diode-array

detector (connected through hp-ib communication

interface), an additional auxiliary function will be

displayed:

DAD TEST

When you press §Shift • §Ctrl • §Enter • the ¨rst line of the

auxiliary functions is displayed. The other lines can be

displayed using the §®• and §©• keys. For details of the

auxiliary functions, see Chapter 7.

Y ou can also use the §Ctrl • key with letters and numbers

to access special functions.

§Ctrl • I The §Ctrl • I key sequence enables you to enter

troubleshooting instructions, see Chapter 7. The letter I

is above the §Inj vol • key .

§Shift • §Ctrl • §Shift • §Alpha • I §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ALPHA INSTRUCTION MODE [LC]

§Ctrl • J The §Ctrl • J key sequence enables you to enter

troubleshooting instructions, see Chapter 7. The letter J

is above the §Inj wash • key .

§Shift • §Ctrl • §Shift • §Alpha • J §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ALPHA INSTRUCTION MODE [DAD]

2-14 System Keys

Page 39: 1090

§Ctrl • L The §Ctrl • L key sequence locks the §Stop • , §Enter • , §Pump •

and §Lamp • keys. All other keys are active. The letter L is

above the §4• key .

§Shift • §Ctrl • §Shift • §Alpha • L §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

keyboard locked

§Ctrl • U The §Ctrl • U key sequence unlocks the keyboard. The

letter U is above the §2• key .

§Shift • §Ctrl • §Shift • §Alpha • U §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

keyboard unlocked

§Ctrl • 0 The §Ctrl • §0• (zero) key sequence enables you to check

visually the display line and the status lamps.

§Shift • §Ctrl • §0• §Enter •

§Ctrl • 1 The §Ctrl • §1• (one) key sequence tests the ROM ¨rmware

of your HP 1090 and displays the ¨rmware revision.

§Shift • §Ctrl • §1• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ROM-test executingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ROM-test completed, no errorNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ROM-revision : C-3014

The revision number of your HP 1090 ROM ¨rmware

may be di´erent from the one above. If anything else

other than the above is displayed, see Chapter 8.

System Keys 2-15

Page 40: 1090

§Insert • Y ou use the §Insert • key to insert lines into:

Timetable, see Chapter 4;

Sequence table, see Chapter 6.

Injector program, see \Injector Program" in

Chapter 4.

§Delete • Y ou use the §Delete • key to:

Delete timetable or one line within timetable, see

Chapter 4;

Delete sequence table or one line within sequence

table, see Chapter 6;

Delete injector program or one line within injector

program, see \Injector Program" in Chapter 4.

Delete a stored method, see Chapter 5;

Move ¨lter wheel of FPD so that a ¨lter can be

removed, see below.

T o move the ¨lter wheel of the FPD so that ¨lter

number 3 is in top position for access:

§Shift • §Delete • §µ Signal • §3• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

remove FILTER# 3 , press ENTER

Remove ¨lter number 3 from the ¨lter wheel and press

§Enter • to display:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FILTER# 3 deleted

Note The ¨lter you have just deleted (number 3 in the

example) is now in the light path. Select a di´erent ¨lter

immediately .

Before you can delete a ¨lter the lamp must be on.

2-16 System Keys

Page 41: 1090

§Store • Y ou use the §Store • key to store the current method in

memory , see Chapter 4.

§Load • Y ou use the §Load • key to:

Assign a stored method to current method;

Move ¨lter wheel of FPD so that a new ¨lter can be

inserted.

Loading a Method T o load method 0:

§Load • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

loading Method

For more details see Chapter 5.

Loading a Filter T o move ¨lter wheel of FPD so ¨lter number 5 can be

inserted:

§Load • §µ Signal • §5• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

insert FILTER# 5 , press ENTER

Insert ¨lter into position 5, press §Enter • :

WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

FILTER# 5 : WAVELENGTH= nm

Enter wavelength of ¨lter, press §Enter • :

§3• §4• §0• §Enter •

Note Before you can load a ¨lter the lamp must be on.

System Keys 2-17

Page 42: 1090

§Alpha • Y ou use the §Alpha • key to switch the keyboard into

alphabetic mode. The lamp next to the §Shift • key ­ashes

when keyboard is in alphabetic mode. T o exit from

alphabetic mode, press §Shift • , §Alpha • or §Enter • .

Y ou use the alphabetic mode to:

Enter auxiliary instructions, after pressing §Shift • §Ctrl • ,

see Chapter 7;

Enter a comment in your current method, see below;

Enter DAD signals in your timetable, see Chapter 4.

The ¨rst line of current method is a comment (a word

or phrase of up to 29 characters). Y ou can edit this

comment using any combination of the alphabetic and

numeric keys, for example:

§Method •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M*: HP 1090 II/L default method

§Shift • §Alpha •

Now press the keys corresponding to the required

alphabetic characters, for example:

A P P L I C A T I O N S Space L A B

Press Space to clear any remaining characters and press

§Enter • . This will give following method comment:

§Method •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M*: APPLICATIONS LAB

The comment line can comprise upper case letters and

numbers. Enter numbers after exiting alphabetic mode

(press §Shift • and then use the numeric keys).

2-18 System Keys

Page 43: 1090

3

Analysis Control Keys

This chapter explains how you use the §Start • and §Stop •

keys on the HP 1090 keyboard to control analyses.

If your HP 1090 has an inet communication interface

and is connected through hp-il to an HP 3392A, HP

3393A or HP 3396A integrator, you can also control

analyses from the integrator, see Chapter 9 through

Chapter 13.

§Start • and §Stop • Y ou use these keys to start or to stop analyses. How you

use them depends on the injector that is installed in your

HP 1090. Remember the HP 1090 can stop an analysis

automatically , see \ §Stop Time • " in Chapter 4. For details

of how to start and stop sequences (series of analyses

using di´erent methods) see Chapter 6.

Using §Start • and §Stop •

with an Auto-injector

When you press §Start • the line displayed will depend on

previous keystrokes. If you were not editing a sequence

table, your HP 1090 will display:

§Start •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

START 0 100 100 1

The numbers displayed correspond to the labels beneath

the display . The cursor ( ) is above METH # (method

number), the other numbers correspond to WAIT TIME ,

FIRST VIAL , LAST VIAL and # OF INJECT (number of

injections).

Analysis Control Keys 3-1

Page 44: 1090

Y ou can edit this line as required. F or parameter limits

see below.

METH #

METH # is the current method or number of stored

method. Make no entry for current method or enter 0

through 9 for a stored method. If stored method involv es

a change in solvent composition, enter an adequate WAIT

TIME to allo w the new composition to equilibrate.

WAIT TIME

WAIT TIME is the time the HP 1090 waits between

loading a stored method (if not current method) and

starting with ¨rst injection.

Limits: 0 to 99 min. No entry is same as 0.

When the HP 1090 is waiting, the remaining wait time is

displayed (to 0.01 min):NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

WAIT 1 100 100 1 ; 0.93

FIRST VIAL

FIRST VIAL is the ¨rst vial to be analyzed.

Limits: 0 to 100. Vial 100 is in swivel arm. Vials 0 to 99

are in auto-sampler.

LAST VIAL

LAST VIAL is the last vial to be analyzed.

Limits: 0 to 100. Vial 100 is in swivel arm. Vials 0 to 99

are in auto-sampler.

# OF INJECT

# OF INJECT is the number of injections to be made from

each vial.

Limits: 0 to 99. 0 is an analysis with no injection.

3-2 Analysis Control Keys

Page 45: 1090

Starting the Analysis

When you are satis¨ed that the entries in the display

line are correct, you are ready to begin the analysis.

Now press §Enter • .

For each injection you speci¨ed, the HP 1090:

Calibrates built-in ¨lter photometric detector;

Calibrates built-in or stand-alone diode-array detector

(if connected through hp-ib communication interface);

Starts injection cycle or injector program;

Starts timetable;

Creates start signal at REMOTE CONTROL

connector;

Outputs vial number at BCD OUTPUT connector.

The number of injections ( # OF INJECT ) from each vial

in vial range ( FIRST VIAL through LAST VIAL ) will be

analysed in increasing order. Note that FIRST VIAL must

be less than or equal to LAST VIAL .

Stopping the Analysis

T o stop the current analysis immediately press §Stop • .

The HP 1090:

Creates stop signal at REMOTE CONTROL

connector;

Reverses any time-programmed parameter changes.

If you press §Stop • during an analysis, the HP 1090

displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

analysis aborted

If you press §Stop • during an analysis in a sequence, the

HP 1090 displays;NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

sequence aborted

Analysis Control Keys 3-3

Page 46: 1090

Breaking Injection Cycle

Y ou can break the normal injection cycle of the

auto-injector by pressing §Stop • during the cycle. The

INJECTING lamp ­ashes and the HP 1090 displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

INJ 0 100 100 1;100 1

T o resume the normal injection cycle, press §Start • .

T o abort the normal injection cycle, press §Stop • . The HP

1090 displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

analysis aborted

If the auto-injector has drawn sample into the needle,

you cannot abort the normal injection cycle. When you

press §Stop • the HP 1090 displays:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

press START to resume injection

Stopping Injector Program

If you press §Stop • during an injector program, the

injector program and sequence will be terminated

immediately . The HP 1090 displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

analysis aborted

orNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

sequence aborted

In addition:

the Error lamp is on

the second status line displays Err: Injr

the logbook displaysNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

EI40 INJ FAILED HH:MM:SS

T o resume operation press §Shift • §Ctrl • §Enter • to display:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

RESET INJECTOR

Press §Enter • . The HP 1090 will return to the PRE status.

3-4 Analysis Control Keys

Page 47: 1090

Curtailing WAIT TIME

When the HP 1090 is waiting (a not-ready condition or

WAIT TIME in sequence) you can force the HP 1090 to

continue by pressing §Start • . The HP 1090 will ignore the

not-ready condition or continue as if the WAIT TIME had

elapsed.

Pressing §Stop • during WAIT TIME aborts sequence.

Using §Start • and §Stop •

with a ManualInjection Valve

When you move lever of valve to INJECT position, the

lever closes a switch and the HP 1090:

Creates start signal at REMOTE CONTROL

connector;

Starts timetable.

The HP 1090 displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

RUN - - -- --- --- --

Y ou can use the §Start • key to start an analysis without

an injection.

Y ou can use the §Stop • key to stop the current analysis.

The HP 1090:

Creates stop signal at REMOTE CONTROL

connector;

Reverses any time-programmed parameter changes.

The HP 1090 displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

analysis aborted

Analysis Control Keys 3-5

Page 48: 1090
Page 49: 1090

4

Parameter Keys

The keys below allo w you access the corresponding

parameters directly .

§Flow • §% • §Max Press •

§Inj Vol • §Inj Wash • §Oven T emp •

§Column Switch • §Ext Cont • §Stop Time •

§µ Signal • §Resp Time • §T ake Spectra •

Y ou can access other parameters through the §Method •

key .

§Flo w •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

FLOW = 0 ; 0

FLOW is the total ­owrate from all con¨gured solvent

channels, see \ SDS-CONFIG ."

Limits: 0 to 5.000 mlmin † 1 in steps of 0.001.

Note Before you enter a ­ow, prime the solvent delivery

system, see \ §Pump on • " in Chapter 2.

Parameter Keys 4-1

Page 50: 1090

§% •

§% • With Ternary PV5SDS

If you have set the PV5 SDS for ternary operation (see

your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks ):

§% •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

% B= 0 , C1=0 ; 0 , 0 c1

%B and %C1 or %C2 are the percentages of ­ow delivered

by channels B and either C1 or C2; C1 is built-in, C2 is

external reservoir (see also \ SDS-CONFIG "). The values

after the ; are the actual values during operation. The

actual third channel is displayed on far right ( c1 ). F or

ternary system: B + C n ¥ 100.

Limits: 0 to 100% in steps of 0.01

Percentage delivered by channel A for ternary SDS:

A = 100 † ( B + C n )

§% • With QuaternaryPV5 SDS

If you have set the PV5 SDS for quaternary operation

(see your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks ):

§% •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

%% 0, 0, 0; 0, 0, 0NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

%% 0, 0, 0; 0, 0, 0

" " " " " "

%B %C %D %B %C %D

setpoints ; actual

The three values after the %% are the percentages

of ­ow delivered by channels B, C and D (see also

\ SDS-CONFIG "). The values after the ; are the actual

values during operation. For quaternary system:

B + C + D ¥ 100.

Limits: 0 to 100% in steps of 0.01

Percentage delivered by channel A for quaternary SDS:

4-2 Parameter Keys

Page 51: 1090

A = 100 † ( B + C + D )

Note that the percentage delivered by channel A is not

displayed.

§% • with DR5 SDSWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

% B= 0 , C= 0 ; 0 , 0

%B and %C are the percentages of ­ow delivered by

channels B and C (see also \ SDS-CONFIG "). The values

after the ; are the actual values during operation. For

ternary SDS: B + C ¥ 100.

Limits: 0 to 100% in steps of 0.01

Percentage delivered by channel A for binary SDS:

A = 100 † B

Percentage delivered by channel A for ternary SDS:

A = 100 † ( B + C )

§Inj Vol •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

INJVOLUM = 2 Normal Injection

INJVOLUM is the amount of sample to be injected.

Maximum volume depends on installed syringe, see

\ MAXINJVOLUM " in Chapter 7. INJVOLUM has an

additional function, allo wing you to set the parameters

of the injector program, see \Injector Program."

Limits: 0 through maxim um injection volume (in ¶ l)

in steps of 0.1. Enter §† • (minus sign) to access the

parameters of the injector program.

Parameter Keys 4-3

Page 52: 1090

§Inj Wash •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

WASH = 0

WASH controls ­ushing of syringe and can be used during

a sequence to ­ush the syringe automatically , see

Chapter 6. For more details of the WASH function, see

your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks.

Limits: 0 or 1

1 starts cycle: plunger withdrawn, column eØuent

directed through syringe.

0 stops cycle: column eØuent directed to waste exit,

plunger driven back.

Flush the syringe:

After priming the SDS;

After changing solvents;

After changing solvent composition;

F rom time to time, when using bu´ers;

When you have reproducibility problems, (there may

be air in the syringe);

§Max Press •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

MAXPRESS = 400 ; 0

MAXPRESS is the upper pressure limit for the SDS. If the

pressure in the SDS exceeds this limit, the HP 1090

turns o´ the SDS (see also \ MINPRESS " and \ §Disp • " in

Chapter 2).

Limits: 0 through 400 bar in steps of 1.

4-4 Parameter Keys

Page 53: 1090

§Oven T emp •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

OVENTEMP = 0 ; 0

OVENTEMP is the temperature in the thermostatically

controlled column compartment. For stable temperature

(without coolant), set at least 20 Æ above room

temperature.

Limits: 0 through 100 Æ C in steps of 0.1. 0 turns o´

thermostatic control.

§Column Switch •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

COLUMNSW = 0 ; 0

COLUMNSW sets the position of column switching valve.

Limits: 0 and 1.

In position 0, connected ports are: 1 with 2, 3 with 4, 5

with 6.

In position 1, connected ports are: 1 with 6, 2 with 3, 4

with 5.

§Ext Cont •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0; 0,0,0,0

E1 , E2 , E3 and E4 control the EVENT contacts on the

HP 1090 rear panel.

Limits: 0 for contact open or 1 for contact closed.

When closed (set to 1) EVENT contacts E1, E2 and E3

output +24 V DC rated at 0.1 A. EVENT contact E4

is a contact closure rated at +40 V DC and 0.1 A. See

your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks.

Parameter Keys 4-5

Page 54: 1090

§Stop Time •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

STOPTIME = 0 ;

STOPTIME is the time limit for an analysis. During

a run, the number on the right of theNNNNN

; is the time

elapsed since the start of the run. When STOPTIME

limit is reached the HP 1090 creates stop signal at

REMOTE CONTROL connector and reverses any

time-programmed parameter changes.

Limits: 0 (for no limit) or 0.1 through 3270 min in steps

of 0.01.

If you are running a sequence, you must set STOPTIME

greater than 0.

§µ Signal • The function of the §µ Signal • key depends on the detector

installed in your HP 1090.

§µ Signal • with FPD If your HP 1090 has a built-in ¨lter photometric

detector, pressing §µ Signal • displays:

WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

FILTER# = 3 ; 3: 254nm

FILTER# positions ¨lter wheel. Position 0 blocks light to

measure dark current when troubleshooting, see your HP

1090 Guide Bo oks .

Limits: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Y ou can switch wavelengths automatically during a run

using a timetable, see \ §Timetable • ."

4-6 Parameter Keys

Page 55: 1090

§µ Signal • with DAD If your HP 1090 has a built-in or stand-alone diode-array

detector (connected through the hp-ib communication

interface) pressing §µ Signal • displays:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

A S=254,20 R=550,100 ; nm

Signals A and B set the characteristics of ANALOG

OUTPUT 1 and 2. Y ou use signals C through H to

output di´erent wav elengths at ANALOG OUTPUT 1

and 2, see \ §Timetable • ."

Limits: Y ou can set 8 di´erent wavelengths and

bandwidths for the sample ( S ) and reference ( R )

wavelengths. W avelength can be 190 through 600 nm.

The sum of all bandwidths must be less than 800 nm.

If you no longer want to use a signal setting, enter 0 for

the sample wavelength, for example:WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

D S=0 ,0 R=550,100 ; nm

Then press §Enter • .

If you set a signal bandwidth to exceed the range of

av ailable diodes (188 nm or 602 nm), the HP 1090

automatically reduces the bandwidth, for example:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

A S=210,100 R=550,400 ; nm

becomesNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

A S=210,44 R=550,104 ; nm

The detector uses the signal at ANALOG OUTPUT

1 for the peak detector and the signals at ANALOG

OUTPUT 1 and 2 to calculate signal ratio and curve ¨t,

see \The Peak Detector." For more details, see your HP

1090 Guide Bo oks.

Parameter Keys 4-7

Page 56: 1090

§Resp Time • The function of the §Resp Time • key depends on the

detector installed in your HP 1090.

§Resp Time • with FPD If your HP 1090 has a built-in ¨lter photometric

detector, pressing §Resp Time • displays:

WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

RESPONSETIME = 0

The RESPONSETIME sets the 10 to 90% risetime of

INTEGRA TOR and RECORDER outputs of the FPD.

Limits:

0 100 ms

1 400 ms

2 800 ms

§Resp Time • with DAD If your HP 1090 has a built-in or stand-alone diode-array

detector (connected through the hp-ib communication

interface) pressing §Resp Time • displays:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

option not installed

The response time for the ANALOG OUTPUT 1 and 2

of the DAD is set by a switch on the DAI board, see

your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks.

§T ake Spectr • The function of the §T ake Spectr • key depends on the

detector installed in your HP 1090.

4-8 Parameter Keys

Page 57: 1090

§T ake Sp ectr • with FPD If your HP 1090 has a built-in ¨lter photometric

detector, pressing §T ake Spectr • displays:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

option not installed

§T ake Spectr • with DAD If your HP 1090 has a built-in or stand-alone diode-array

detector (connected through the hp-ib communication

interface) pressing §T ake Spectr • displays:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

TAKE SPECTRUM

When you press §T ake Spectr • the detector takes a

spectrum and prints it on your ThinkJet printer. Y ou

can press §T ake Spectr • at any time when the detector

lamp is on (except during POSTTIME ). To set the spectral

range, see \ SPE FR and TO ." When you acquire spectra

with §T ake Spectr • , the printout is labeled with the word

manually .

Y ou cannot time-program this function. For details of

how to acquire spectra automatically during a run, see

\The Peak Detector."

§Method • Y ou use the §Method • key to select the current method for

editing and to access some parameters which do not have

their own keys on the keyboard.

The follo wing example is the method of an HP 1090

with:

DR5 solvent delivery system.

Auto-injector.

Thermostatically controlled column compartment.

Column switching valve.

Parameter Keys 4-9

Page 58: 1090

§Method •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M*: HP 1090L default method

SDS-CONFIG: A=1 B=1 C=1

FLOW = 2

% B= 0 , C= 0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 30

OVENTEMP = 0

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 0

POSTTIME = 0

COLUMNSW = 0

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0

INJVOLUM = 2 Normal Injection

If your HP 1090 has a built-in ¨lter photometric

detector, the method with have the following additional

parameters:

FILTER# = 3

RESPONSETIME = 0

ZERO% = 5

ATTENUATION = 6

LAMPCURRENT = 1

If your HP 1090 has a built-in or stand-alone diode-array

detector (connected through the hp-ib communication

interface), the method will have the follo wing additional

parameters:

4-10 Parameter Keys

Page 59: 1090

A S=230,4 R=550,100

B S=254,4 R=550,100

C S=260,80 R=550,100

D S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

E S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

F S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

G S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

H S=0 ,0 R=0 ,0

MEM PE=0.100 TH=10.000

MEM=0 ;off

SPE FROM=210 TO=400 STEP=2

When you press §Method • the ¨rst line of the current

method is displayed. The other lines can be displayed

using the §®• and §©• keys.

The follo wing sections describe the parameters that do

not have their own keys on the keyboard and you must

access with the §Method • key .

SDS-CONFIG The SDS-CONFIG function sets the channels used to make

up solvent composition. The solvent composition must

correspond with con¨guration, see \ §% • ." If not, the HP

1090 will display the error message:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

nRdy:FlCo

The limits for the SDS-CONFIG function depends on the

type of solvent delivery system installed in your HP

1090.

Parameter Keys 4-11

Page 60: 1090

WithTernary PV5 SDS

If you have set your PV5 SDS for ternary operation:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SDS-CONFIG: A=1 , B=1 , C=1

Limits:

0 Channel not used

1 Channel used (narrow gradient range 0 to 10%)

2 Channel used (wide gradient range 10 to 90%)

If you are using a gradient, select 1 or 2 for channels A,

B, C 1 or C 2 according to your application, see your HP

1090 Guide Bo oks.

WithQuaternary PV5 SDS

If you have set your PV5 SDS for quaternary operation:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SDS-CONFIG* A=1, B=1, C=1, D=1

Limits:

0 Channel not used

1 Channel used (narrow gradient range 0 to 10%)

2 Channel used (wide gradient range 10 to 90%)

If you are using a gradient, select 1 or 2 for channels

A, B and D according to your application, see your HP

1090 Guide Bo oks.

with DR5SDS

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1

If your HP 1090 has a binary DR5 SDS you will have

channels A and B av ailable; if your HP 1090 has a

ternary DR5 SDS you will have channels A, B and C

av ailable.

Limits:

0 Channel not used

1 Channel used

4-12 Parameter Keys

Page 61: 1090

MINPRESSWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

MINPRESS = 0

MINPRESS sets the low er pressure limit for the SDS. If

the pressure in the SDS drops below this limit for more

than 2 min, the HP 1090 turns o´ the SDS (see also

\ §Max Press • " and \ §Disp • " in Chapter 2).

Limits: 0 and 1 through 400 bar. 0 means function not

used.

SLOWDOWNWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

SLOWDOWN = 2

SLOWDOWN sets the speed at which the syringe draws

sample into the injection needle. Use the formula below

to calculate the time ( t in s) to draw an injection volume

V :

t = 18V i

V max

S LO W DOW N

Use a SLOWDOWN of 2 for normal samples, use larger

values for more viscous samples.

Limits: 1 through 15

POSTTIMEWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

POSTTIME = 0

POSTTIME sets the time lapse between end of analysis

( STOPTIME ) and start of next analysis. Set to 0 for no

time lapse (next analysis starts immediately).

Limits: 0 to 3270 min.

Parameter Keys 4-13

Page 62: 1090

ZERO%WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

ZERO% = 5

ZERO% sets the zero o´set of the RECORDER output of

the ¨lter-photometric detector as percentage of output

range.

Limits: 0 to 99%.

ATTENUATIONWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

ATTENUATION = 6

ATTENUATION sets the attenuation of the RECORDER

output of the ¨lter-photometric detector.

Limits:

0 0.03125 AUV † 1 (absorbance units per volt)

1 0.0625 AUV † 1

2 0.125 AUV † 1

3 0.25 AUV † 1

4 0.5 AUV † 1

5 1.0 AUV † 1

6 2.0 AUV † 1

7 4.0 AUV † 1

LAMPCURRENTWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

LAMPCURRENT = 1

LAMPCURRENT sets the anode current of the lamp of

the ¨lter-photometric detector. A high current setting

increases intensit y of emitted radiation thus decreasing

noise level, but lamp lifetime is reduced.

Limits: 1 for normal current or 2 for high current

4-14 Parameter Keys

Page 63: 1090

A S= and R=NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

A S=260,80 R=550,100

A S=260,80 R=550,100 sets the sample and reference

wavelength of signal A of the diode-array detector.

Other signals (B through H) can be set using the §®• or

§©• keys.

Limits: See \ §µ Signal • ."

Note Y ou need set the follo wing functions MEM , PE , TH , SPE

and STEP only if you have a printer.

MEMNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

MEM=0 ;*OFF

MEM controls presentation of data acquired ( MEMorize d )

during a run. Y ou can time program the MEM function,

see \ §Timetable • ." For more details, see \The Peak

Detector" and your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks.

Limits:

0 no data presentation

1 plots spectra of peaks recognised by peak detector

2 prints calculated ratio of signals at ANALOG

OUTPUT 1 and 2 for peaks recognised by peak

detector

3 combination of 1 and 2

The Peak Detector The DAD's peak detector monitors signal A and stores

spectra taken at the in­ection points and apex of peaks.

The di´erence between the upslope and apex spectra is

printed in a solid line and the di´erence between the

downslope and apex spectra is printed in a dashed line.

See your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks for more details.

Parameter Keys 4-15

Page 64: 1090

MEM PE and THNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

MEM PE=0.100 TH=10.00

MEM PE (peakwidth) and MEM TH (threshold) set the

peak recognition limits for the peak detector of the

diode-array detector. MEM PE sets the half-height width

of expected peaks. MEM TH sets the height of the smallest

peak expected. For more details, see your HP 1090

Guide Bo oks.

Limits for MEM PE : 0.007 to 10.00 min.

Limits for MEM TH : 0.1 to 999 mAU.

SPE FR and TONNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SPE FR=210 TO=400 STEP=2

SPE FR (spectrum from) and SPE TO (spectrum to) set

the spectral range of the spectra to be acquired by the

diode-array detector. SPE STEP (spectrum step) sets the

resolution of the spectra.

Limits for SPE FR and TO : 190 to 600nm. The di´erence

between FR and TO must be at least one multiple of

STEP .

Limits for STEP : 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 nm and 20, 40, 80, 160

or 320 nm interv als on plot. Maximum limit of 116 data

points. T o see whole spectrum set:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SPE FR=190 TO=600 STEP=4

4-16 Parameter Keys

Page 65: 1090

§Timetable • Y ou use the §Timetable • key to set up time programs. The

timetable comprises a series of lines, up to a maximum

of about 40 (the exact number depends on the number

of lines in the method which in turn depends on the

modules built into the HP 1090. Each line de¨nes a

time, one or more variables and their corresponding set

values. The de¨ned time is the elapsed time from the

instant of injection. Y ou can time program the following

variables:

FLOW

%B %C %D

E1 , E2 , E3 and E4

COLUMNSW

Detection wav elengths ( §µ Signal • )

MEM function of the diode-array detector

The variables FLOW , %B , %C and %D change linearly with

respect to time from the last set point to the new

set point. The variables FILTER# (¨lter-photometric

detector), A (signal for diode-array detector), MEM , E1 ,E2 ,

E3 , E4 and COLUMNSW change at the de¨ned time from

the last set point to the new set point.

When you press §Timetable • the ¨rst line of the current

timetable is displayed:

§Timetable •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT 4 % B= 20

The other lines can be display ed using the §®• and §©•

keys. If you have not yet entered a timetable, a message

is displayed for about 2 seconds follo wed by a new empty

line of the timetable:

§Timetable •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

timetable is emptyWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT

Parameter Keys 4-17

Page 66: 1090

Entering a Timetable Press §Timetable • (and §©• , if a timetable already exists) to

display a new line of timetable:

§Timetable •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT

Type time in entry window after AT . Y ou can enter times

from 0 through 3270 min:

§3•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AT3!

Select the variable you want to program by pressing the

corresponding parameter key:

§Flow •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT 3.0 FLOW =

Type set value in entry window after variable:

§2•WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT 3.0 FLOW = 2

Press §Enter • . A new empty line is display ed. To display

the line you have just entered, press §®• :

§®•WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT 3.0 FLOW = 2

Note If you overwrite an existing timetable line and then press

§Enter • , the old line is deleted and replaced by the new

line.

If you try to enter a variable that cannot be

time-programmed:

§Timetable • §Shift • §Insert • §2• §Oven T emp •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

not time progammableNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AT 2!

A timetable comprises a maxim um of about 40 lines. If

you try to insert another line:

4-18 Parameter Keys

Page 67: 1090

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

timetable overflow

Y ou can enter a maximum of 7 lines for the diode-array

detector timetable.

In the timetable line:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AT 3.000 SIGNAL=C,D MEM=1

The wavelength settings of ANALOG OUTPUT 1 and 2

are changed to signals C and D at 3.0 min after the start

of the run. At the same time, the MEM function is set to

1, see \ MEM ."

Y ou change the signal entries ( A , B , etc.) in the

timetable using the keyboard in alphabetic mode (press

§Shift • §Alpha • ). Return the keyboard to normal mode by

pressing §Shift • , and then edit the MEM entry as required.

At the end of a run signal A and B respectively are

output to ANALOG OUTPUT 1 and 2.

Inserting IntoTimetable

If you want to add to an existing timetable, you can

display a new empty line by pressing §Shift • §Insert • . This

saves having to press §©• until you reach the end of the

timetable. Entry of time, variable and setpoint is the

same as described in \Entering a Timetable."

§Timetable •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AT 3.0 FLOW = 2

§Shift • §Insert •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT

§5• §Column Switch • §1•WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT 5 COLUMNSW =1

§Enter • (a new line is displayed)WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT

§®• (to display line just entered)WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT 5.0 COLUMNSW = 1

Parameter Keys 4-19

Page 68: 1090

Deleting a Line Fromthe Timetable

Select the line you want to delete:

§Timetable • ( §©• or §®• )WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT 5.0 COLUMNSW = 1

§Shift • §Delete •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DEL 5.0 COLUMNSW = 1

§Enter • (to delete line)

§Escape • (not to delete line)

Deleting theTimetable

§Shift • §Delete • §Timetable • §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

timetable is emptyWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

AT

Injector Program Y ou access the parameters of the injector program by

entering a §† • (minus sign) for the INJVOLUM function.

The injector program is used to set up programs for the

auto-injector and autosampler.

Before you use the injector program, we recommend

you read the auto-injector and autosampler sections in

your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks. Understanding the way the

auto-injector and autosampler operate will help you

to set up the injector program to suit your particular

application.

The injector program is av ailable only if the HP 1090

has MCO-board ¨rmware revision D-3014 or higher and

DKC-board ¨rmware revision C-3014 or higher.

The injector program comprises a series of up to a

maximum of 20 lines. Each line de¨nes an operation

that the auto-injector and autosampler must perform.

4-20 Parameter Keys

Page 69: 1090

When you enter a §† • in the INJVOLUM function the

injector program will comprise 2 header lines, a line with

the command INJECT and an end line.

§Inj Vol • §† • §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SPEED: DRAW 2; EJECT 2; MIX 2

HOLD: DRAW 0sec; EJECT 0sec

1 INJECT

End InjProg ( 0.0ul in Syringe)

SPEED sets the speed at which the syringe draws sample

into the injection needle when using DRAW , EJECT or MIX

functions. Use the formula below to calculate the time ( t

in s) to draw an injection volume V :

t = 18V i

V max

S P E E D

Use a SPEED of 2 for normal samples, use larger values

for more viscous samples.

Limits: 1 through 15

HOLD sets hold time after DRAW or ''EJECT'' command.

Use larger values for more viscous samples (to allow ­uid

disturbances to stabilize).

Limits: 0 through 999 s.

The end line of the injector program ( End InjProg )

shows you the volume of sample accumulated in the

injection syringe ( . . . ul in Syringe ), which will be

injected when you start a run.

Editing the InjectorProgram

T o insert a line into the injector program, move cursor to

where you want a new line (a new line is always inserted

before the line displayed) and press §Shift • §Insert • .

This will alwa ys display the command:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx DRAW ----ul FROM VIAL# ---

Parameter Keys 4-21

Page 70: 1090

Where xx is the line number in the injector program. T o

select one of the other commands, press §T ab • to position

the cursor on the D of DRAW , then press §©• or §®• .

T o delete a line from the injector program, display the

line to be deleted and press §Shift • §Delete • . Now press

§Enter • to delete line or §Esc • to retain line.

T o delete the complete injector program, press §Shift •

§Delete • §Inj Vol • . Now press §Enter • to delete injector

program or §Esc • to retain it.

Injector ProgramCommands

Y ou can use the following commands in an injector

program.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx DRAW ----ul FROM VIAL# ---

Draws speci¨ed volume from speci¨ed vial number.

Limits: 0.1 ¶ l through MAXINJVOLUM (for volume) and 0

through 100 (for vial number).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx DRAW ----ul FROM SAMPLE + n

Draws speci¨ed volume from actual vial number plus

speci¨ed number (default n=0).

Limits: 0.1 ¶ l through MAXINJVOLUM (for volume) and 0

through 100 (for vial number).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx DRAW ----ul FROM WASTE

Draws speci¨ed volume from waste|injection needle is

seated and rotary valve connects syringe to waste.

Limits: 0.1 ¶ l through MAXINJVOLUM (for volume).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx DRAW ----ul FROM AIR

Draws speci¨ed volume from air|injection needle is up

(not seated) and rotary valve connects syringe to open

end (air).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx EJECT ----ul INTO SAMPLE + n

Ejects speci¨ed volume into actual vial number plus

speci¨ed number (default n=0).

4-22 Parameter Keys

Page 71: 1090

Limits: 0.1 ¶ l through MAXINJVOLUM (for volume) and 0

through 100 (for vial number).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx EJECT ----ul INTO WASTE

Ejects speci¨ed volume into waste|injection needle is

seated and rotary valve connects syringe to waste.

Limits: 0.1 ¶ l through MAXINJVOLUM (for volume).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx EJECT ----ul INTO AIR

Ejects speci¨ed volume into air|injection needle is up

(not seated) and rotary valve connects syringe to open

end (air).

Limits: 0.1 ¶ l through MAXINJVOLUM (for volume).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx MIX L ----ul CYCLES 1

Moves speci¨ed volume back and forth in sample loop.

Mixing is done with injector needle up (mix in lo op ).

This mixing is repeated according to the number of

cycles you specify .

Limits: 0.1 ¶ l through MAXINJVOLUM (for volume) and 1

through 999 (for cycles).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx MIX V ----ul CYCLES 1

Moves speci¨ed volume back and forth in sample loop.

Mixing is done with injector needle in the vial last

speci¨ed in injector program (mix in vial ). This mixing

is repeated according to the number of cycles you

specify .

Limits: 0.1 ¶ l through MAXINJVOLUM (for volume) and 1

through 999 (for cycles).

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx WAIT 0.0 min

W aits speci¨ed time and then continues with next line in

injector program.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx Injector valve to MAINPASS

Moves rotary valve to injector loop (needle is seated and

solvent ­ows through needle).

Parameter Keys 4-23

Page 72: 1090

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx Injector valve to BYPASS

Moves rotary valve to bypass position, isolating the

reaction capillary . This command is used as a last entry ,

follo wing INJECT and is used when a micro-oven is

installed. This command must follow INJECT if injector

program contains further lines.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx E1=2 E2=2 E3=2 E4=2 CS=2

Controls the EVENT contacts E1 through E4 on the rear

panel of the HP 1090 and the column switching valve CS .

Limits: 0 for open or inactive; 1 for closed or active; 2

for leave in current setting.

See \ §Ext Cont • " and \ §Column Switch • " for details.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

xx INJECT

Moves injection needle down and moves rotary valve

to injection mode: sample loop is reconnected to the

solvent ­ow; the sample is ­ushed out of the injector and

into the column.

After injection, the HP 1090:

Creates start signal at REMOTE CONTROL

connector;

Starts time program;

Creates signal at BCD connector according to vial

number.

4-24 Parameter Keys

Page 73: 1090

5

HP 1090 Methods

The HP 1090

Method

The HP 1090 method is a complete set of the injection,

separation and detection parameters, including the

timetable, which are required to run an analysis. Y ou

can access the method through the §Method • and §Timetable •

keys.

Note The auxiliary functions are not part of the HP 1090

method (see Chapter 7)

Storing an HP

1090 Method

Y ou can stor e the current settings of parameters as

a method in memory using the §Store • key . Y ou can

store up to a maximum of 9 methods. Each method is

identi¨ed by a number (0 through 8).

Y ou can lo ad a stored method, becoming the current

method. Y ou can load stored methods manually using

the §Load • key (see \Loading an HP 1090 Method") or

automatically during a sequence (see Chapter 6).

T o store the current method:

§Shift • §Store • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 stored

orNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 stored with InjProg

HP 1090 Methods 5-1

Page 74: 1090

The lowest av ailable method number in memory will be

o´ered automatically . Y ou can store the current method

using this number or enter another av ailable number.

Note The number of methods that you can store in memory

depends on the number of parameter and timetable lines

in each method, and on the number of lines in injector

programs. Remember that the number of parameter

lines in the method depends on the modules installed

in your HP 1090. If you have a diode-array detector

connected through the hp-ib communication interface,

the method will have more lines than if your HP 1090

has a ¨lter-photometric detector.

Figure 5-1. Storing and Loading an HP 1090 Method

If you try to store the current method in memory where

a method is already stored:

§Shift • §Store • §Method • §1• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 1 already existsNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD not stored !

5-2 HP 1090 Methods

Page 75: 1090

T o store current method, enter a number where a

method has not yet been stored or delete the stored

method, see \Deleting an HP 1090 Method."

If you try to store the current method in memory when 9

methods are already stored:

§Shift • §Store • §Method • §6• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method memory fullNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD not stored !

Before you can store the current method, you must

delete one of the stored methods, see \Deleting an HP

1090 Method."

If you try to store methods which have long timetables,

or if you have a diode-array detector connected through

the hp-ib communication interface, you might use all of

the reserved memory even before 9 methods have been

stored:

§Shift • §Store • §Method • §5• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method memory fullNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD not stored !

Loading an HP

1090 Method

T o load a stored method:

§Load • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

loading METHOD 0NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M0: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM HP

The ¨rst line of the loaded method (now the current

method) is displayed. Remember that you can edit this

comment using the alphabetic and numeric keys, see

\ §Alpha • " in Chapter 2.

HP 1090 Methods 5-3

Page 76: 1090

M* is displayed instead of M0 if the current method has

been modi¨ed:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M*: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM HP

If you try to load a method that has not been stored:

§Load • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 non existent

METHOD 9 Method 9 is a special set of parameters stored

permanently in the HP 1090 ¨rmware. Y ou can load

this method, but you cannot delete it or store another

method in its place, print or display it.

The parameters in this method form the basis of the

Hewlett-Pack ard AminoQuant amino acid analyzer. If

you use this method, note that the solvent composition

parameters are set for a binary DR5 system. Depending

on the con¨guration of your HP 1090, you may have to

modify some parameters ( SDS-CONFIG ).

If the con¨guration of your HP 1090 matches the

parameters in method 9, you can use this method in a

sequence.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M9: HP 1090L Amino Acid Method

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1

FLOW = 0.45

% B= 0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 50

OVENTEMP = 40

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 25

POSTTIME = 4

COLUMNSW = 0

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0

INJVOLUM = - Injector Program

SPEED: DRAW 2; EJECT 2; MIX 2

5-4 HP 1090 Methods

Page 77: 1090

HOLD: DRAW 0sec; EJECT 0sec

1 DRAW 5.0ul FROM VIAL# 2

2 DRAW 1.0ul FROM VIAL# 0

3 DRAW 0.0ul FROM VIAL# 100

4 DRAW 1.0ul FROM SAMPLE + 0

5 DRAW 0.0ul FROM VIAL# 100

6 MIX L 7.0ul CYCLES 6

7 DRAW 1.0ul FROM VIAL# 1

8 DRAW 0.0ul FROM VIAL# 100

9 MIX L 8.0ul CYCLES 3

10 INJECT

End InjProg ( 8.0ul in Syringe)

A S=338,10 R=390,20

B S=262,16 R=324,8

C S=260,80 R=550,100

MEM PE=0.04 TH=10.000

MEM=0 ; off

SPE FROM=210 TO=400 STEP=4

AT 14.200 SIGNAL=B,A MEM=0

AT 17 % B= 60

AT 18 % B= 100

AT 18.1 FLOW = 0.45

AT 18.5 FLOW = 0.8

AT 23.9 FLOW = 0.8

AT 24 FLOW = 0.45

AT 24 % B= 100

AT 25 % B= 0

HP 1090 Methods 5-5

Page 78: 1090

Deleting an HP

1090 Method

T o delete a stored method:

§Shift • §Delete • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 deleted

If you try to delete a method that has not been stored:

§Shift • §Delete • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 non existent

5-6 HP 1090 Methods

Page 79: 1090

6

HP 1090 Sequences

The HP 1090

Sequence

A sequence is an automatic series of two or more

analyses from one or more vials, using di´erent methods.

Y ou set up the sequence in the sequence table as a series

of numbered lines. In each line you de¨ne a method, a

wait time, the vials to be analysed and the number of

injections to be made from each vial. Alternatively , you

can de¨ne a line as an automatic ­ushing cycle ( INJ

WASH .

For each line in your sequence table you can also de¨ne

calibration vials and bracket these vials around your

sample vials. Bracketing is a term used to describe the

procedure where the calibration standard is re-analyzed

after a certain number of samples. The new calibration

data is used to update the calibration factors, allowing

for variations in the analysis conditions.

The steps for setting up and running a sequence are:

1. Enter a sequence table.

2. Use §©• key to select line where sequence will start.

3. Press §Start • §Enter • .

4. Monitor status.

The sequence begins by loading the speci¨ed method and

then waits as de¨ned. The number of injections from the

vial range is done.

HP 1090 Sequences 6-1

Page 80: 1090

Note Y ou can modify the parameters of the current method

during a sequence. Y ou can also modify the sequence

table, but only those lines which have not yet been

executed. Modifying the current or previous lines has no

e´ect on the current sequence.

Y ou can abort the current analysis and sequence by

pressing §Stop • .

Entering a

sequence table

When you press §Sequ • the ¨rst line of the sequence table

is displayed:

§Sequ •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

SEQU 0 -- --- --- --

The displayed numbers correspond to the labels beneath

the display . The ¨rst number ( 0 ) is the Line # (line

number). The cursor is positioned by Meth # (method

number), the other numbers correspond respectively to

Wait Time , First Vial , Last Vial and # Of Inject

(number of injections).

Type in method number, wait time, ¨rst vial, last vial

and number of injections and then press §Enter • . The next

line of the sequence table is displayed:

§0• §5• §T ab • §0• §T ab • §9• §T ab • §5•WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

SEQU 0 0 5 0 9 5

§Enter •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

SEQU 1 -- --- --- --

The parameter limits are described in the next sections.

6-2 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 81: 1090

Figure 6-1. The HP 1090 Sequence

Line # Line # sets the line number of sequence table. The HP

1090 numbers the lines from 0 through 9 automatically .

Y ou cannot edit this line.

HP 1090 Sequences 6-3

Page 82: 1090

Meth # Meth # sets the current method or number of stored

method.

Limits: No entry for current method or 0 through 9 for

stored method.

If new method involv es solvent composition change,

enter adequate wait time to allo w new composition to

stabilize.

If method cannot be loaded, sequence is aborted.

Wait Time Wait Time sets time during which the HP 1090 waits

between retrieving method (if not current method) and

starting with ¨rst injection.

Limits: 0 through 99 min. No entry is same as 0 min.

If you enter INJECTOR WASH , the wait time determines

how long the syringe will be ­ushed, see \ §Inj Wash • " in

Chapter 4.

First Vial First Vial sets the ¨rst vial to be analyzed.

Limits: 0 through 100. Vial 100 in swivel arm. Vials 0

to 99 in autosampler.

6-4 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 83: 1090

Last Vial Last Vial sets the last vial to be analyzed.

Limits: 0 through 100. First Vial must alwa ys be less

than or equal to Last Vial .

# Of Inject # Of Inject sets the number of injections to be made

from each vial.

Limits: 0 through 99. 0 is an analysis with no injection

cycle.

W ashing the

Injector During A

Sequence

Y ou should wash the injector:

After you have primed the system;

After you have changed solvents;

After you have changed the solvent composition;

When you have reproducibility problems|you may

have air in the syringe;

When you have had air in your solvent delivery

system;

F rom time to time, when you use bu´ers.

For details of the hydraulic connections needed to wash

the injection syringe, see you HP 1090 guide books.

Using the injector wash function, you can ­ush the

syringe during a sequence automatically:

§1• §1• §0• §Inj Wash •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SEQU 1 1 10 ! INJECTOR WASH

§Enter •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

SEQU 2 -- --- --- --

HP 1090 Sequences 6-5

Page 84: 1090

If you enter INJECTOR WASH , the HP 1090 will ­ush

the syringe with the current ­ow rate and solvent

composition for the time de¨ned by wait time. The wait

time includes the time required to withdraw the plunger

of the syringe. This time is 25 s multiplied by the value

you have entered for SLOWDOWN . The time required to

drive the plunger home after the wash cycle is alwa ys 50

s, during which the Not ready lamp will be on.

T o delete INJECTOR WASH from a sequence line enter a

number for First Vial .

Terminating a

Sequence

The last line of the sequence table enables automatic

control of the solvent delivery system and the detector at

the end of the sequence or in case of analysis temination

by errors:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SEQU END : PUMP=2,OVEN=2,LAMP=2

PUMP controls metering pump(s) and high-pressure pump

of solvent delivery system at end of sequence.

Limits:

0 T urns o´ SDS.

1 SDS remains on or is turned on.

2 Function ignored.

OVEN controls thermostatically-controlled column

compartment.

Limits:

0 T urns o´ oven.

1 Function ignored.

2 Function ignored.

LAMP controls lamp and electronics of diode-array

detector or ¨lter-photometric detector.

6-6 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 85: 1090

Limits:

0 T urns o´ detector.

1 Detector remains on or is turned on.

2 Function ignored.

Note If a sequence is aborted due to errors, this line will

always be executed.

Inserting Lines in

a Sequence Table

T o insert a line into sequence table, display line of

sequence table where you want to insert line, for

example, to insert between lines 3 and 4, display line 4.

§Shift • §Insert •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

INS SEQ 4 - -- --- --- --

Type in new line and then press §Enter • . The next line of

the sequence table is displayed:

§5• §5• §2• §0• §T ab • §9• §T ab • §5•WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

INS SEQ 4 5 2 0 9 5

§Enter •

A sequence table comprises a maximum of 10 lines. If

you try to insert another line:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

sequence table overflow

HP 1090 Sequences 6-7

Page 86: 1090

Deleting Lines

from a Sequence

Table

T o delete a line from sequence table, select line you want

to delete:

§Sequ • §©• §©• . . .NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SEQU 2 2 5 100 100 1

§Shift • §Delete •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DEL SEQ 2 2 5 100 100 1

§Enter • to delete line.

§Escape • to retain line.

The sequence table is renumbered automatically and the

next line of the sequence table is displayed (in above

example, the new line number 2 is displayed).

T o delete complete sequence:

§Shift • §Delete • §Sequ • §Enter •WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

SEQU 0 -- --- --- --

Sequence ControlKeys

Y ou use the §Start • , §Stop • and §Enter • keys to start and

stop sequences. Pressing §Start • has no immediate action.

When you press §Start • , the line displayed depends on the

previous keystrok es. If you were editing a sequence table:

§Start •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

START 0 0 5 0 9 5

The ¨rst line of the sequence table is display ed. Y ou can

now edit this line before starting the sequence. If you

now select another line by pressing §©• key , you must

press §Start • again. Before you start a sequence, ensure

STOPTIME is greater than 0. Y ou now start the sequence

by pressing §Enter • . The sequence starts at the currently

displayed line of the sequence table.

At the end of the sequence the HP 1090 displays:

6-8 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 87: 1090

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

sequence end

Pressing the §Stop • key stops the current analysis

immediately and the HP 1090 displays:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

sequence aborted

Monitoring a

Sequence

During a sequence the HP 1090 displays the current

status.

During wait time the HP 1090 displays the remaining

time on the right of the display:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

WAIT 1 2 12 3 5 3; 11.59

During analysis of sample vials the injection and vial

number being currently analyzed is displayed on the

right of the display (corresponding to labels above

display):NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

INJ 1 2 12 3 5 3; 3 1

orNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

RUN 1 2 12 3 5 3; 3 1

During analysis of calibration vials the injection and

vial number being currently analyzed is displayed on

the right of the display (corresponding to labels above

display) and the letter c appears at the beginning of the

status line:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

INJ c 1 5 6 7 2; 6 1

orNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

RUN 1 5 6 7 2; 6 1

HP 1090 Sequences 6-9

Page 88: 1090

Specifying

Calibration Vials

T o access the calibration part of a sequence line, place

the cursor in the right-most position and press §T ab • or

§ß• . This displays:

WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

CALIB 0 --- --- -- -- 0 0

The displayed numbers correspond to the labels beneath

the display . The ¨rst number ( 0 ) is the Line # (line

number). The cursor is positioned by Meth # (method

number), the other numbers correspond respectively to

Wait Time , First Vial , Last Vial and # Of Inject

(number of injections).

The ¨rst number ( 0 ) is the Line # (line number).

The cursor is positioned by Meth # (method number),

the next three numbers correspond respectively to

First Vial , Last Vial and # Of Inject (number of

injections). # of vials or injections speci¨es the

number of sample vials or injections to be analyzed

before calibration vials are analyzed. vials or

injections sets the HP 1090 to count vials or injections

(see previous parameter). cal mode speci¨es the how the

calibration vials should be analyzed.

The parameter limits are described in the next sections.

Note The parameters Line # , Meth # , First Vial , Last Vial

and # Of Inject have the same meaning as in the

sequence line.

# of vials or inj sets point in sequence when the

calibration vials are analyzed. Depending on the vials

or inj parameter, the HP 1090 will analyse the set

number of sample vials or injections and then analyze

the calibration vials.

Limits: 1 through 99.

6-10 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 89: 1090

vials or inj sets the HP 1090 to count vials or

injections before analyzing calibration vials, see

parameter # of vials or inj .

Limits: 0 for vials, 1 for injections.

cal mode sets how the calibration vials should be

analyzed.

Limits:

0 Calibr ation o´ |no calibration vials analyzed.

1 Multiple mo de |the set number of injections

are done from all calibration vials ( First Vial

through Last Vial ). The calibration vials are

also analyzed before the ¨rst sample injection and

after the last sample injection in the sequence

line.

2 A lternating mo de |the set number of injections

are done only from one vial per calibration. The

HP 1090 uses the calibration vials in cycles from

First Vial through Last Vial . Before the

¨rst sample injection and after the last sample

injection in the sequence line, al l the calibration

vials are analyzed.

3 Similar to 1, multiple mo de, but no calibration

vials are analyzed before the ¨rst sample injection

or after the last sample injection in the sequence

line.

4 Similar to 2, alternating mo de, but no calibration

vials are analyzed before the ¨rst sample injection

or after the last sample injection in the sequence

line.

5 Calibration vials are analyzed before the ¨rst

sample injection and after the last sample

injection in the sequence line, but not between

sample vials.

HP 1090 Sequences 6-11

Page 90: 1090

When you set cal mode to 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 the letter c

appears at the beginning of the sequence line to remind

you that calibration vials will be analyzed during the

sequence.

Using The examples here show you how you can use di´erent

settings of cal mode .

The sample and calibration parts of the sequence line for

the follo wing examples are:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SEQU c 1 2 12 3 5 3

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

CALIB 1 5 6 7 2 2 1 x

The sample vial range is 3 through 5 with 3 injections

per vial. The calibration vial range is 6 through 7 with 2

injections per vial. The calibration interv al is \ after each

second sample inje ction" ( # of vials or inj is set to 2

and vials or inj is set to 1 , meaning injections).

cal mode 0

None of the calibration vials will be analyzed.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

6-12 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 91: 1090

cal mode 1

This is multiple mo de |all calibration vials will be

analyzed at the beginning and end of the sequence line

and between the samples according to the calibration

interv al (after each second sample injection).

HP 1090 Sequences 6-13

Page 92: 1090

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 Calibration

6-14 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 93: 1090

cal mode 2

This is alternating mo de |all calibration vials will be

analyzed at the beginning and end of the sequence line

and only one calibration vial will be analyzed between

the samples according to the calibration interv al (after

each second sample injection).

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 Sample

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 Sample

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 Calibration

HP 1090 Sequences 6-15

Page 94: 1090

cal mode 3

Similar to multiple mo de |all calibration vials will

be analyzed between the samples according to the

calibration interv al (after each second sample injection),

but not at the beginning and end of the sequence line.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

6-16 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 95: 1090

cal mode 4

Similar to alternating mo de |one calibration vial will

be analyzed between the samples according to the

calibration interv al (after each second sample injection),

but not at the beginning and end of the sequence line.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 Sample

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 Sample

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

HP 1090 Sequences 6-17

Page 96: 1090

cal mode 5

All calibration vials will be analyzed at the beginning

and end of the sequence line, but not between the

samples.

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 Calibration

The sample and calibration parts of the sequence line for

the follo wing examples are:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SEQU c 1 2 12 3 5 3

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

CALIB 1 5 6 7 2 2 0 x

The sample vial range is 3 through 5 with 3 injections

per vial. The calibration vial range is 6 through 7 with 2

injections per vial. The calibration interv al is \ after each

second sample vial" ( # of vials or inj is set to 2 and

vials or inj is set to 0 , meaning vials).

6-18 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 97: 1090

cal mode 0

Same as above.

cal mode 1

This is multiple mo de |all calibration vials will be

analyzed at the beginning and end of the sequence line

and between the samples according to the calibration

interv al (after each second sample vial).

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 Calibration

HP 1090 Sequences 6-19

Page 98: 1090

cal mode 2

This is alternating mo de |all calibration vials will be

analyzed at the beginning and end of the sequence line

and only one calibration vial will be analyzed between

the samples according to the calibration interv al (after

each second sample vial).

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 Calibration

6-20 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 99: 1090

cal mode 3

Similar to multiple mo de |all calibration vials will

be analyzed between the samples according to the

calibration interv al (after each second sample vial), but

not at the beginning and end of the sequence line.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 7 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

HP 1090 Sequences 6-21

Page 100: 1090

cal mode 4

Similar to alternating mo de |one calibration vial will

be analyzed between the samples according to the

calibration interv al (after each second sample vial), but

not at the beginning and end of the sequence line.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 3 Inj 3 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 4 Inj 3 Sample

Vial 6 Inj 1 Calibration

Vial 6 Inj 2 CalibrationNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 1 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 2 SampleNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial 5 Inj 3 Sample

cal mode 5

Same as above.

6-22 HP 1090 Sequences

Page 101: 1090

7

Auxiliary Functions

The auxiliary functions are for con¨guration and

troubleshooting and are not part of the current method.

Y ou access the auxiliary functions by pressing: §Shift •

§Ctrl • §Enter • , then moving to the desired function with

the §®• and §©• keys. The follo wing example shows the

auxiliary functions of an HP 1090 with:

DR5 or PV5 solvent delivery system.

Auto-injector.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

RESET INJECTOR

MAXFLOW@P = 0

MAXINJVOLUM= 25

TIME = HH:MM:SS ; 00:00:00

ABORT

RESET (will delete all methods!)

If your HP 1090 has a built-in ¨lter photometric

detector, you will see an additional auxiliary function:

DETSIGNAL = 0

If your HP 1090 has a built-in or stand-alone diode-array

detector (connected through the hp-ib communication

interface), you will see an additional auxiliary function:

DAD TEST

Auxiliary Functions 7-1

Page 102: 1090

RESET INJECTORNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

RESET INJECTOR

RESET INJECTOR sets auto-injector and auto-sampler in

correct starting position.

Limits: None|to reset, press §Enter • .

Use RESET INJECTOR after an injector error has occurred.

MAXFLOW@PNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

MAXFLOW@P = 0

MAXFLOW@P sets a pressure limit for solvent delivery

system when troubleshooting, see your HP 1090 guide

books. If limit reached, solvent delivery system continues

to pump solvent but reduces ­ow.

Limits: 0 for function not used or 1 through 400 bar.

MAXINJVOLUMNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

MAXINJVOLUM= 25

MAXINJVOLUM sets the maxim um injection volume of

metering device.

Limits: 25 or 250 ¶ l

A 25 ¶ l syringe is ¨tted as standard, a 250 ¶ l syringe is

av ailable as an accessory .

7-2 Auxiliary Functions

Page 103: 1090

TIMENNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

TIME = HH:MM:SS ; 00:00:00

Time sets the current time (24-hour cloc k!).

Limits: Time in hours ( HH ), minutes ( MM), and seconds

( SS ). Setting time clears status logbook, see Chapter 8.

ABORTNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ABORT

ABORT resets the HP 1090 for operation.

Limits: None|to reset, press §Enter • . The current

analysis is stopped, auto-injector and auto-sampler are

reset. All methods are retained. The solvent delivery

system, column-compartment and ¨lter-photometric

detector and/or diode-array detector retain their status.

Any diode-array detector spectrum plots in progress are

aborted.

If your HP 1090 has an inet communication interface

and is connected through hp-il to an HP 3392A

Integrator, the messages LOOP DOWN and LOOP UP may be

printed on the integrator.

RESETNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

RESET (will delete all methods!)

RESET resets the HP 1090 for operation.

Limits: None|to reset, press §Enter • . The current

analysis is stopped, auto-injector and auto-sampler

are reset. All methods, sequence table and logbook

are cleared. The time is changed to 00:00:00. The

solvent delivery system is turned o´ and initialized. The

column-compartment and ¨lter-photometric detector

Auxiliary Functions 7-3

Page 104: 1090

and/or diode-array detector are turned o´. Default

parameters are set.

If your HP 1090 has an inet communication interface

and is connected through hp-il to an HP 3392A, HP

3393A or HP 3396A Integrator, the messages LOOP DOWN

and LOOP UP may be printed on the integrator.

DETSIGNALNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DETSIGNAL = 0

DETSIGNAL sets signal to be output at INTEGRA TOR

and RECORDER outputs of ¨lter-photometric detector.

Limits:

0 normal operation

1 or 2 for troubleshooting.

For further details, see your HP 1090 Guide Bo oks.

DAD TESTNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD TEST

DAD TEST tests the diode-array detector, taking about 30

s. The lamp must be turned on. The follo wing lines are

displayed:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD test executingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

initializing

Limits: None|to start test, press §Enter • .

The DAD TEST can be stopped by by pressing §Escape • . F or

details of when to use the DAD TEST , see your HP 1090

guide books.

When the test is completed the following is displayed:

7-4 Auxiliary Functions

Page 105: 1090

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

HP 1090L system on

And the results are printed on the ThinkJet printer.

Press the §Status • key , follo wed by the §®• and §©• keys, to

see the results.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DT01 Max.Counts= 1549 15.39.31

This ¨rst test is the instrument characteristic which

measures the light intensity .NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DT02 WCAL is 6 ( 5 ) 15.39.31

The second is a check for wavelength calibration.

If the lamp is not on, the ERROR lamp will be on for a

short time andNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DT03 DAD TEST timeout 15.39.31

will appear in the logbook.

Troubleshooting

Auto-Injector and

Auto-Sampler

Y ou can use the follo wing instructions when

troubleshooting to check randomly any of the steps that

the auto-injector and auto-sampler can make. For details

of when to use these instructions, see your HP 1090

guide books.

§Shift • §Ctrl • §Shift • §Alpha • I §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ALPHA INSTRUCTION MODE [LC]WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

Caution Use follo wing commands with care. Certain

combinations could damage auto-injector and

auto-sampler.

Enter alpha instruction mode, type instruction and press

§Enter • .

Auxiliary Functions 7-5

Page 106: 1090

STE=1 Initialize syringe

STE=2 V alve switches to bypass

STE=3 Needle up (no vial under)

STE=4 Vial 100 under needle

STE=5 Needle down (vial under)

STE=6 Sample into loop

STE=7 Needle up (vial under)

STE=8 Vial 100 awa y

STE=9 Needle down (no vial under)

STE=10 V alve switches to column

STE=11 Syringe home

STE=21 Initialize magazine

STE=22 Carriage to selected magazine

STE=23 Magazine to selected vial

STE=24 Magazine to home position

STE=25 Carriage to home position

VI=0-100 Sets vial number (does not move vial

into position).

Troubleshootingthe D AD

Y ou can use the following instructions when

troubleshooting the diode-array detector to check

randomly any of the steps that the shutter can make.

For details of when to use these instructions, see your

HP 1090 guide books.

§Shift • §Ctrl • §Shift • §Alpha • J §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ALPHA INSTRUCTION MODE [DAD]WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

Note Use the following commands with care. Certain

combinations could a´ect the control between the

keyboard and the diode-array detector.

7-6 Auxiliary Functions

Page 107: 1090

Enter alpha instruction mode, type instruction and press

§Enter • .

SH4 Moves holmium oxide ¨lter into the light path,

blocking the light.

SH0 Moves holmium oxide ¨lter out of the light

path.

Auxiliary Functions 7-7

Page 108: 1090
Page 109: 1090

8

Status

Status Lamps

Lamp is on during sequence; lamp is otherwise o´.

Lamp is on during analysis; lamp is otherwise o´.

Lamp is on during injection cycle and during ­ushing of

metering device (injection wash); lamp blinks if injection

cycle interrupted, see Chapter 3; lamp is otherwise o´.

Lamp is on when system is not ready . A corresponding

status message is displayed in status information. Lamp

is otherwise o´.

Lamp is on when HP 1090 detects a fault that needs

to be corrected by operator. A corresponding status

message is displayed in status information. Lamp is

otherwise o´.

Lamp is on when deuterium lamp in ¨lter-photometric

detector or diode-array detector is on ( §Lamp on • key

pressed). Lamp is otherwise o´.

Status 8-1

Page 110: 1090

§Status • The §Status • key is used to display the status information,

for example:

§Status •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PRE 0 100 100 1

nRdy: Airp

EI18: INJ FAILED/ERROR 00:00:00

.

.

.

The ¨rst line of the status information is displayed. The

other lines can be display ed using the §®• and §©• keys.

The ¨rst line of the status information displays the HP

1090 status ( PRERUN ), the current vial range ( FIRST VIAL

to LAST VIAL ) and the current number of injections

( # OF INJECT ). During analysis, the actual vial and

injection number ( ACTUAL VIAL and ACTUAL INJECT ) are

displayed.

If your HP 1090 does not have an auto-injector, only the

status is displayed; the rest of the line contains blanks.

The HP 1090 can be in:

PRE Status before an analysis or sequence is

started.

WAIT Status during WAIT TIME or not ready

condition during sequence or work¨le

chain.

INJ Status during injection cycle.

IPxx Status during an injector program,

where xx is the line number being

currently processed.

RUN Status during an analysis (after injection

cycle but before STOPTIME elapsed).

8-2 Status

Page 111: 1090

POST Status during POSTTIME (after STOPTIME

has elapsed but before POSTTIME has

elapsed).

Press the §©• key to display the second line:

§©•

PRE 0 100 100 1NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

nRdy: Airp

EI18: INJ FAILED/ERROR 00:00:00

.

.

.

The second line of the status information displays any

error and not ready messages for the HP 1090 and the

third line displays any error and not ready messages

for the DAD. For details of error messages, see \Error

Messages." And for not ready messages, see \Not Ready

Messages." If there are no error or not ready messages:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

HP 1090 system ready

The fourth and all follo wing lines of the status

information are called the logbook. Press the §©• key

again to display the fourth line:

§©•

PRERUN 0 100 100 1

nRdy: AirpNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

EI18: INJ FAILED/ERROR 00:00:00

.

.

.

The fourth line of the status information displays any

event messages. The time when the event message

occurred is displayed on the right. For details of

event messages, see \Event Messages." Press the §©•

key repeatedly to display the last 10 event messages.

Status 8-3

Page 112: 1090

Remember that the logbook is cleared when you set the

time or reset the HP 1090, see Chapter 7.

8-4 Status

Page 113: 1090

Status Messages There are 4 types of HP 1090 status messages:

Not Ready Messages ( nRdy: text ), see \Not Ready

Messages";

Error Messages ( Err: text ), see \Error Messages";

Event Messages ( Ey xx text ), see \Event Messages";

F ailure Messages ( text ), see \F ailure Messages."

The follo wing lists of status messages include brief

descriptions of the cause, the action the HP 1090 takes

and of the action you can take. F or more details of

troubleshooting and replacement of faulty parts, see your

HP 1090 Guide Bo oks.

Status 8-5

Page 114: 1090

Not Ready Messages These messages indicate a reason why the Not ready

lamp is on. Several of them occur with error event

numbers. in general, not ready messages occurred

when the HP 1090 Series L is waiting for something to

stabilize, for example, oven temperature. The Not ready

lamp will be on and the message will appear in line 2 of

the status information. Note that any error message will

also appear in this line.

In the follo wing display , The cover of the sampling

system is open.

§Status • §©•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

nRdy: Covr

8-6 Status

Page 115: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Switching v alve A, B or C

malfunction. Occurs with ,

and .

lamp on. See , and

.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Servo-drive A, B or C malfunction.

Occurs with , and .

lamp on. See , and

.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Injection inhibited. External unit

sending not ready signal.

lamp on. Check external unit.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Air pressure below limit. lamp on. Supply correct pressure.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

0. lamp on. Set = 0.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Flow con¨guration contradicts

. Run started with

0 but SDS o´.

lamp on. Change ­ow

con¨guration or set

= 0.

Page 116: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Flow reduction. Pressure increasing

too quickly .

lamp on. HP

1090 reduces ­ow.

See your

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

W ash in progress. lamp on. No action required.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Cover of sampling system open. lamp on. Close cover.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Auto-injector not ready to inject;

reset in progress; reset failed; plunger

being, driven home; injection cycle

interrupted or aborted.

lamp on. No action required.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Actual temperature not equal to set

temperature.

lamp on. No action required.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FPD not ready: lamp ignition or

calibration in progress; new ¨lter

selected; ¨lter in position.

lamp on. See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD not ready . ADC calibration

out of expected window: ­ow cell

incorrectly inserted; or ADC board

defective.

lamp on. See .

Page 117: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD not ready . Reference voltage

failed.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD not ready . Incorrect calibration

data taken: light intensity too high;

­ow cell removed; ARO board or

optical unit defective. Message can

also occur during start up, because

of large electronic drift.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD not ready . Lamp current

(normal or high out of range or

noisy: D lamp and/or DPS board

defective.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD not ready . Light intensity

< 2,500 counts; ­ow cell incorrectly

inserted; air bubble in ­ow cell;

background absorption of solvent too

high; D lamp intensity in UV range

too low.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD not ready . Photodiode has

large leak age current ( > 500 counts)

or shutter is defective.

lamp on. Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard OÆce.

Page 118: 1090

Error Messages These messages indicate a reason why the Error lamp is

on. All of them occur with error event numbers which

are displayed on lines 3 to 12 of the status information.

In general, error messages occur when something in the

HP 1090 has failed. The Error lamp will be on and the

message will appear in line 2 of the status information.

Note that any not ready messages will also be displayed

in this line.

In the follo wing display , a leak has been detected.

§ST A TUS • §©•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Err: Leak

8-10 Status

Page 119: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Rotary v alve A, B or C malfunction. lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ channel

A, B, or C.

See , , .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Servo-drive A, B or C malfunction. lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ channel

A, B, or C

See , , ,

and

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Electronics and/or light sensors of

high-pressure pump failed.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See .

Page 120: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

High pressure exceeds

limit: ­ow system blocked; ­ow too

high; limit too low.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Low pressure exceeds low-pressure

limit: ­ow system blocked; gas

bubbles in ­ow system.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Injector error. lamp on. Reset injector.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Oven temperature control error. lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ oven.

See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FPD error. lamp on. See to .NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Leak detected in SDS, sampling

system or in optical unit of detector.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns of SDS.

See , and

.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

External unit sending shutdown

signal.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns of SDS.

See .

Page 121: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD error. Incorrect data measured

in DAD.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD error. Over­ow of acquired

data in DAD.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD error. DAD data over­ow in

raw data bu´er.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD error. Possible hardware

failure of DAD.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD error. D lamp in DAD does

not ignite or has failed during

operation.

lamp on. See .

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD error. DAD data over­ow in

memory .

lamp on. See .

Page 122: 1090

Event Messages These messages can occur at any time during operation

and indicate faults and status of the HP 1090. Event

messages are always displayed with the time in the

status logbook (lines 3 to 12 of the status information),

see \ §Status • " in Chapter 2.

The format of the event messages is:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Ey xx text HH:MM:SS

Where y is a letter which identi¨es the source of the

error:

S System/HP 1090 mainframe, see

\System Event Messages ES";

I Injector/autosampler, see \Injector

Event Messages EI";

F Flo w system, see \Flow System Event

Messages EF";

O Oven, see \Oven Event Messages EO";

D Filter-photometric detector, see \FPD

Event Messages ED";

xx is a 2-digit number and the text

indicates the nature of the error.

For the diode-array detector, the letters Ey are replaced

by DA or ER , see \DAD Event Messages."

In the follo wing display , an injection was attempted

without a sample vial.

§Status • §©• §©•NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

EI15: INJ FAILED 16:11:55

8-14 Status

Page 123: 1090

System Event Messages ES

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Powerfail occurred. No lamps on. No action required.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

External unit sending shutdown

signal through remote connectors.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Check the other units in

your system.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

External unit sending start request

signal.

HP 1090 executes

speci¨ed subsequence.

No action required.

Status 8-15

Page 124: 1090

Injector Event Messages EI

In the list of injector events below, it is indicated that

either INJ FAILED or INJ ERROR is displayed. INJ FAILED

occurs during INJECT status; INJ ERROR occurs in any

other state (for example, when using STE commands).

Note that the numbers of the injector event messages

correspond to the STE commands.

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Plunger of metering device has not

been driven to zero position.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Injector v alve has failed to switch to

load.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Needle has failed to move up. lamp on. Reset injector.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Swivel arm has failed to move into

position.

lamp on. Reset injector.

8-16 Status

Page 125: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Needle has failed to move down into

vial.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Needle has failed to move out of vial. lamp on. Reset injector.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Swivel arm has failed to move into

position.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Needle has failed to reseat. lamp on. Reset injector.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Rotary v alve has failed to switch to

inject.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Plunger of metering device has not

been driven to zero position.

lamp on. Reset injector.

Page 126: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

No vial in swivel arm or magazine,

incorrect vial type.

and

lamps on. HP 1090

aborts injection. If in

subsequence, HP 1090

continues with next

vial.

Put vial in swivel arm

or magazine, use correct

vial type.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Air pressure below limit. No lamps on. Check compressed air

supply .NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Cover of sampling system is open. lamp on. Close cover.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Leak in injector detected. lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS. If

leak remains and SDS

is turned on, HP 1090

turns o´ SDS after 2

min.

Check for leak in

injection system and

clean waste drain.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Magazine failed to ¨nd zero position. lamp on. Reset injector.

Page 127: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Carriage of autosampler failed to

move to selected position.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Magazine of autosampler failed to

move to selected position.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Magazine of autosampler failed to

return to zero position.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Carriage of autosampler failed to

return to zero position.

lamp on. Reset injector.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Column-switching v alve not

installed.

No lamps on. No action required.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Safety switch on cover of sampling

system is defective.

lamp on. Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.

Page 128: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

§Stop • pressed during execution of

injector program.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Vial number > 100 speci¨ed during

execution of injector program.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Missing vial during execution of

injector program.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Injector program contains a

command without a preceding

or command.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Command attempted when injector

busy .

No lamps on. W ait until injector

has ¨nished previous

command, then try new

command.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Abort rejected, §Stop • pressed after

sample drawn up by metering device.

No lamps on. Only resume allo wed by

pressing §Enter • .

8-20 Status

Page 129: 1090

Flo w System Event Messages EF

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Electronics and/or light sensors of

high-pressure pump have failed.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Switching v alve of metering pump

has failed to switch at ¨rst attempt.

lamp on. If

recovery fails,

occurs.

Message is a warning

that incorrect switching

of valve could e´ect ­ow

rate.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Switching v alve of metering pump

has failed to switch at second

attempt.

NOT READ Y lamp on.

If recovery fails,

occurs.

Message is a warning

that incorrect switching

of valve could e´ect ­ow

rate.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Switching v alve of metering pump

has moved from correct position.

lamp on. If

recovery fails,

occurs.

See

Status 8-21

Page 130: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Switching v alv e of metering pump

has repeatedly failed to switch

during operation.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Error similar to ,

see

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Switching v alv e of metering pump

has repeatedly failed to switch

during initialization.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

More than 6 recoveries of switching

v alve have been accumulated during

operation.

lamp on. If

recovery fails,

occurs.

Message is a warning

that incorrect switching

of valv e could e´ect ­ow

rate.

Page 131: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Electronics and/or light sensors of

metering pump have failed.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Electronics and/or mechanics of

servodrive on metering pump have

failed.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Metering pump has been

disconnected during operation.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.

Page 132: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

to are all similar and

indicate a malfunction of the

servo-drive. The di´erences between

the messages are of use to service

personnel only .

lamp on. HP

1090 resets servo A, B

or C. If reset fails,

or occurs.

Messages are warnings

that servo-drive

malfunctions could

e´ect ­ow rate.

Page 133: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

More than 3 resets of metering pump

within 20 s were necessary .

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

High pressure exceeds

limit: ­ow system blocked; ­ow too

high; set too low.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Low pressure exceeds internal limit:

­ow system blocked; gas bubbles in

­ow system.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Power to servo-drive on metering

pump has failed.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Electronics of servodrive on metering

pump has failed.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.

Page 134: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Leak in SDS detected. lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Leak sensor in SDS failed. lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

High pressure below legal operating

range.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Low pressure below legal operating

range.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

SDS processors out of

synchronization.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Malfunction on power connector to

v alve.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.

Page 135: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Supply voltage to v alve not av ailable. lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

High pressure falls below

limit.

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ SDS.

See

Status 8-27

Page 136: 1090

Oven Event Messages EO

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

T emperature of column compartment

out of range (0 to 100 C).

lamp on. HP

1090 turns o´ heater.

Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.

8-28 Status

Page 137: 1090

FPD Event Messages ED

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Electronic failure. lamp on. Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

T oo much light reaching reference

photodiode. Lamp intensity too

high; ¨lter missing; ¨lter failed.

lamp on. See

.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

T oo much light reaching sample

photodiode. Lamp intensity too

high; ¨lter missing; ¨lter failed.

lamp on. See

.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

No ligh t detected or electronic

and/or mechanical failure.

lamp on. See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Communication breakdown between

FPD and HP 1090.

lamp on. Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard oÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Leak detected in optical unit. lamp

on. HP 1090 turns o´

SDS.

See

Status 8-29

Page 138: 1090

DAD Event Messages

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Solvent leak in cell compartment of

DAD: damaged ­ow cell.

lamp blinks. HP

1090 turns o´ D lamp

and SDS, and aborts

sequence.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Over-temperature in DAD detector

compartment: insuÆcient air

circulation.

lamp blinks. HP

1090 turns o´ D lamp

and SDS, and aborts

sequence.

See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Incorrect data measured in DAD:

light intensity too high; incorrect

cell alignment; air bubble in ­ow

cell; calibration made before solvent

composition stable; measured

absorbance is < † 0.1 AU; § •

pressed too early on the downslope

of a gradient. or too short:

solvent composition will not have

had time to stabilize.

lamp on. Appears when measured

absorbance < † 0.1

AU. Press § • to

reset (all measured

absorbance v alues set

to 0 AU). F ault can

appear during run if

measured absorbance

< † 0.1 AU. DAD will

continue measuring.

Check spectrum to

determine at which

wavelength negative

absorbance is being

measured. If this

in­uences your signal,

decide whether a change

in analytical method is

necessary .

8-30 Status

Page 139: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Over­ow of acquired data in DAD:

sum of all bandwidths is too high

(must be < 800 nm).

lamp on. Change bandwidths so

that sum is < 800 nm.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Possible hardware failure in DAD. lamp on. See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

D lamp in DAD does not ignite or

has failed during operation.

lamp on. See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Lamp current out of range or

noisy . D lamp and/or DPS board

defective.

lamp on. See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Incorrect calibration data taken:

light intensity too high; ­ow cell

removed; ARO board or optical unit

defective. Message can also occur

during start up, because of large

electronic drift.

lamp on. See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

ADC calibration out of expected

window: ­ow cell incorrectly

inserted; or ADC board defective.

lamp on. See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Reference voltage failed. lamp on. See

Page 140: 1090

Message

HP 1090

Action

Operator

ActionNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Photodiode has large leak age current

( > 500 counts) or shutter is defective.

lamp on. Contact your local

Hewlett-Pack ard OÆce.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Light intensity < 2,500 counts: ­ow

cell incorrectly inserted; air bubble

in ­ow cell; background absorption

of solvent too high; lamp intensity in

UV range too low.

lamp on. If you are using solvents

that strongly absorb in

the low UV range, check

the baseline of your

spectrum when this

fault occurs. If the

uneven baseline at 190

nm does not in­uence

your signal, ignore this

fault.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD communication error. lamp on. See

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD data over­ow in memory . Data

rate too high or > 116 data points

per spectra.

lamp on. Store fewer spectra or

use smaller range and

larger interv als.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

DAD data over­ow in raw data

bu´er. Data rate too high or > 116

data points per spectra.

lamp on. Store fewer spectra or

use smaller range and

larger interv als.

8-32 Status

Page 141: 1090

Failure Messages The follo wing failure messages occur when part of the

hardware or ¨rmware has failed. If any of these messages

occur, contact your local Hewlett-Pack ard OÆce.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Press any

key to try

automatic

restart.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Press any

key to try

automatic

restart.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Status 8-33

Page 142: 1090
Page 143: 1090

9

HP 3392A Workfiles

The automation (described on the following pages)

communicates with the HP 1090 and HP 3392A

reporting integrator over the inet instrument network

(start, stop and vial number signals are carried via hp-il

not REMOTE CONTROL or BCD OUTPUT). The

central element of communication is a work¨le, which

contains a set of parameters that may be stored in the

HP 3392A memory:

for the HP 1090

separation parameters;

detection parameters;

timetable;

automation parameters, including vial numbers,

injection numbers, end parameters;

for the HP 3392A

integration parameters;

timetable;

calibration table;

OPTIONS, including

automation on or o´;

sample table;

next work¨le to be executed;

Execution of unattended operation is done with the help

of HP 1090 automation parameters, which de¨ne how

HP 3392A W orkfiles 9-1

Page 144: 1090

many injections from which vials are performed. An

HP 3392A OPTION also has to be set to specify the

next work¨le containing the parameters to be loaded into

the HP 1090 and HP 3392A. This next work¨le may

contain an OPTION again to load a consecutive work¨le

to be executed. At the end of such a work¨le chain, the

solvent delivery system and ¨lter photometric detector

may be automatically switched on or o´.

Note The auxiliary functions (see Chapter 7) are not part of

the HP 1090 method or HP 3392A work¨le.

Figure 9-1. The HP 3392A W orkfile

9-2 HP 3392A W orkfiles

Page 145: 1090

Storing and

Loading W orkfiles

The HP 1090 and HP 3392A parameters can be stored

in the HP 3392A memory . Up to a maximum number

of 9 work¨les can be stored. Each work¨le is identi¨ed

by a number (1 to 9). T o de¨ne parameter settings

for the next analysis, work¨les can be loaded for the

HP 1090 and HP 3392A actual method and automation

parameters. W ork¨les can be loaded either manually , or

automatically during a work¨le chain, see Chapter 10.

Storing the ActualMethod

T o store the HP 1090 and HP 3392A parameters use the

HP 3392A keys:

§STORE • §WKFILE • §1 • §ENTER •

STORE WKFILE 1 @

HP 1090 and HP 3392A parameter sets are both stored

in an HP 3392A work¨le.

If you try to store the parameters in HP 3392A memory

where a work¨le already exists, the follo wing is printed:

STORE WKFILE 1 @

WORKFILE EXISTS

The message

MEM UNAVAILABLE

indicates that the HP 3392A memory is full. For more

information see HP 3392A Owner's Manual.

HP 3392A W orkfiles 9-3

Page 146: 1090

Figure 9-2. Storing HP 1090 and HP 3392A Parameters in a W orkfile

9-4 HP 3392A W orkfiles

Page 147: 1090

Loading a W orkfile

as Actual Method

T o load the contents of a work¨le into the HP 1090 and

HP 3392A actual method:

§WKFILE • §1• §ENTER •

WKFILE 1 @

HP 1090 and HP 3392A parameters are both loaded

from an HP 3392A work¨le. Y ou may start an analysis

now.

After pressing §Method • on the HP 1090 the follo wing is

displayed:

§Method •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M#: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM HP

M* is displayed if the current method has been modi¨ed.

If you try to load a work¨le that has not been stored:

WKFILE 1 @

EMPTY

HP 3392A W orkfiles 9-5

Page 148: 1090

Creating W orkfiles

Figure 9-3. Creating W orkfiles

9-6 HP 3392A W orkfiles

Page 149: 1090

Enter LC/FPD parameters on HP 1090, see

Chapter 4.

Enter integration parameters on HP 3392A.

Enter automation parameters:

wait time;

¨rst vial;

last vial;

number of injections, see \Entering Automation

Parameters" in Chapter 10 and

end parameters, see \End Parameters" in

Chapter 10.

Enable automation on HP 3392A.

OPTION 18: If you enter OPTION 18, HP 3392A

starts a dialog and asks for the next work¨le (1 to 9)

to be executed. After pressing §ENTER • the following is

printed:

RUNS/SUBSEQ:INVALID

OPTION † 18: Deactiv ates OPTION 18. HP 3392A

inhibits a further work¨le from being executed.

HP 1090 and HP 3392A parameter sets are both

stored in an HP 3392A work¨le.

For more information see HP 3392A Owners Manual.

HP 3392A W orkfiles 9-7

Page 150: 1090

HP 3392A

§LIST • Key

Listing HP 3392AWorkfiles

Lists basic integrator parameters including a list of all

existing work¨les on the HP 3392A printer.

§LIST • §LIST •

LIST: LIST

PEAK CAPACITY:721

ZERO = 10,200.40

ATT 2^ = 5

CHT SP = 1.0

PK WD = 0.04

THRSH = 5

AR REJ = 500000

WKFILE 1

WKFILE 3

WKFILE 5

Listing an HP 3392AMethod

§LIST • §METH • §ENTER •

Lists integrator parameters including HP 3392A

timetable, calibration table and basic options on the

HP 3392A printer.

LIST: METH @

RUN PRMTRS

ZERO = 10,200.40

ATT 2^ = 5

CHT SP = 1.0

PK WD = 0.04

THRSH = 5

AR REJ = 500000

RPRT OPTNS

2. RF UNC PKS= 0.0000E+00

9-8 HP 3392A W orkfiles

Page 151: 1090

3. MUL FACTOR= 1.0000E+00

4. PK HEIGHT MODE NO

5. EXTEND RT NO

6. RPRT UNC PKS NO

TIME TBL

EMPTY

CALIB TBL

EMPTY

Listing ActualWorkfile

§LIST • §WKFILE • §ENTER •

Lists the HP 3392A actual method and, if INET is

installed, also the HP 1090 actual method including

timetable, automation parameters and end parameters.

LIST: WKFILE @

WKFILE ID: B

WKFILE NAME:

RUN PRMTRS

ZERO = 10

ATT 2^ = 5

CHT SP = 1.0

PK WD = 0.04

THRSH = 5

AR REJ = 500000

RPRT OPTNS

2. RF UNC PKS= 0.0000E=00

3. MUL FACTOR= 1.0000E=00

4. PK HEIGHT MODE NO

5. EXTEND RT NO

6. RPRT UNC PKS NO

TIME TBL

EMPTY

HP 3392A W orkfiles 9-9

Page 152: 1090

CALIB TBL

EMPTY

7. SUPPRESS RPRT NO

8. TRANSMIT RPRT NO

9. HDW RDY DELAY NO

10. AUTOMATE RUNS YES

11. SAMPLER PRMTRS

12. TRANSMIT PEAKS NO

13. TRANSMIT POINTS NO

14. SLICE WIDTH= 0.0000E+00

15. ID:

16: ISTD AMT=

SAMPLE AMT=

17. INSTR NETWORK CONFIG TBL

18. NEXT WORKFILE:

RUNS/SUBSEQ:

19. TIMESCALE NO

20. SAMPLE TBL

EMPTY

HP 1090 LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPH

LOOP ADDRESS:1

M*: THIS IS A TEST

SDS-CONFIG: A=1 B=1 C=1,0

FLOW = 2

% B=0, C1=0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 0

INJVOLUM = 2

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 0

POSTTIME = 0

COLUMNSW = 0

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0

9-10 HP 3392A Workfiles

Page 153: 1090

FILTER# = 3

ZERO% = 5

ATTENUATION = 6

LAMPCURRENT = 1

RESPONSETIME = 0

TIMETABLE EMPTY

AUTOMATION PARAMETERS:

WAIT TIME = 0

FIRST VIAL = 100

LAST VIAL = 100

NBR OF INJ = 1

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=ON LAMP=NO CHG

Listing a StoredWorkfile

§LIST • §WKFILE • §3• §ENTER •

Lists work¨le 3 on the HP 3392A printer, using

same format as the actual work¨le (see previous

printout) together with data about the current INET

con¨guration, if INET is installed.

Listing HP 1090Method andAutomationParameters

§LIST • §WKFILE • §† • §1• §ENTER •

Lists HP 1090 parameters only , on the HP 3392A

printer. The speci¨ed number in the example is the

negative value of the loop address of the HP 1090 in the

INET loop. Y ou ¨nd it in the printout of the actual

work¨le (previous printout).

HP 3392A W orkfiles 9-11

Page 154: 1090
Page 155: 1090

10

HP 3392A Workfile Chains

A work¨le chain is a series of two or more work¨les.

Analyses are executed according to the parameter sets

stored in the respective work¨le in the HP 3392A. The

¨rst series of analyses is executed with the parameter

setting as de¨ned in the actual method. This parameter

setting must always include information about the next

work¨le to be loaded as the actual method.

HP 3392A Workfile Chains 10-1

Page 156: 1090

Figure 10-1. The HP 3392 W orkfile Chain

10-2 HP 3392A W orkfile Chains

Page 157: 1090

The HP 3392A

W orkfile Chain

T o chain work¨les one after another you have to meet

certain requirements in setting up and storing work¨les.

Y ou have to specify automation parameters, which

de¨ne:

wait time,

which vials are to be analysed,

how many injections per vial are to be made;

and end parameters, which de¨ne

status of detector,

status of SDS after last analysis of current work¨le.

together with OPTION 10, enabling automation on HP

3392A and OPTION 18, asking you for the next work¨le

to be executed.

Then store the actual method as a work¨le in the HP

3392A. The ­ow chart Figure 10-3 and the example in

\Creating W ork¨le Chains" lead you through the ma jor

steps of how to create a work¨le chain.

T o end a work¨le chain the last work¨le has to contain

OPTION † 18 to deactiv ate OPTION 18.

Entering AutomationParameters

When you press §Sequ • , the automation parameters are

displayed:

§Sequ •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 0 100 100 1

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

The displayed numbers correspond to the labels beneath

the display . The ¨rst position, where the cursor sits,

is the WAIT TIME , the other numbers correspond

respectively to FIRST VIAL , LAST VIAL and # OF INJECT

(number of injections). The parameter limits are on the

next page.

HP 3392A W orkfile Chains 10-3

Page 158: 1090

Parameters in these two lines will be stored as

automation parameters in the HP 3392A memory by

pressing §STORE • §WKFILE • §3• §ENTER • on the HP 3392A

keyboard.

Type in WAIT TIME , FIRST VIAL , LAST VIAL and # OF

INJECT and then press §Enter • . The line containing the

end parameters is displayed:

§5• §T ab • §0• §T ab • §9• §T ab • §5 •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 5 0 9 5

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

§Enter •

AUTOMATION 5 0 9 5NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

WAIT TIME

W ait time during which the HP 1090 waits between

retrieving method (if not current method) and starting

with ¨rst injection.

Limits: 0 to 99 minutes in steps of 1. No entry is same

as 0.

If you enter INJECTOR WASH the WAIT TIME determines

for how long the syringe will be ­ushed, see \W ASH

During W ork¨le Chain."

FIRST VIAL

First vial to be analyzed.

Limits: 0 to 100. Vial 100 in swivel arm. Vials 0 to 99

in autosampler.

LAST VIAL

Last vial to be analyzed.

Limits: 0 to 100.

10-4 HP 3392A Workfile Chains

Page 159: 1090

# OF INJECT

Number of injections to be from each vial.

Limits: 0 to 99. # OF INJECT = 0 , an analysis with no

injection cycle.

WASH During WorkfileChain

The injector has to be washed:

after you have primed the system;

after you have changed solvents;

after you have altered solvent composition;

when you have reproducibility problems; (you may

have air in the syringe);

if you have had air in your solvent delivery system;

from time to time, when you use bu´ers.

For technical information, see your HP 1090 Guide

Bo oks.

Using the INJECTOR WASH function, you can

automatically ­ush the syringe during a work¨le chain:

§1• §0• §Inj Wash •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 10 ! INJECTOR WASH

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

§Enter •

AUTOMATION 5 0 9 5NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

END PARAMETERS PUMP=2, LAMP=2

If you enter INJECTOR WASH , the syringe will be ­ushed

with the current ­ow rate and solvent composition for

the time de¨ned by WAIT TIME . The WAIT TIME includes

the time required to withdraw the plunger of the syringe.

This time is 25 s multiplied by the value you have

entered for SLOWDOWN . The time required to drive the

plunger home after the ­ushing cycle is alwa ys 50 s,

during which the Not Ready lamp will be on.

HP 3392A Workfile Chains 10-5

Page 160: 1090

T o delete INJECTOR WASH from the automation line enter

a number for FIRST VIAL .

End Parameters The end parameter line enables automatic control of

the solvent delivery system and the ¨lter-photometric

detector after all injections from all vials of a work¨le

have been executed; and can be used to switch the

solvent delivery system and the ¨lter-photometric

detector on or O´, at the end of a work¨le or at the end

of a work¨le chain.

AUTOMATION 5 0 9 5NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

PUMP

Controls metering pump(s) and high-pressure pump of

SDS at end of work¨le.

Limits:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PUMP = 0 T urns o´ SDS.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PUMP = 1 SDS remains on or is turned on.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PUMP = 2 Function ignored.

LAMP

Controls lamp and electronics of FPD.

Limits:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

LAMP = 0 T urns o´ FPD.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

LAMP = 1 FPD remains on or is turned on.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

LAMP = 2 Function ignored.

Within a work¨le chain the status will normally be

that solvent delivery system (SDS) or detector remain

on. At the end of the last analysis, of the last work¨le,

the detector and solvent delivery system (SDS) can be

automatically turned o´.

Note that if a work¨le chain is aborted due to errors,

this line may not be executed.

10-6 HP 3392A Workfile Chains

Page 161: 1090

Starting and

Stopping a

W orkfile Chain

HP 3392A Workfile Chains 10-7

Page 162: 1090

Figure 10-2. Starting and Stopping W orkfile Chains

Y ou can start a work¨le chain either from HP 1090

keyboard or from HP 3392A keyboard. Execution of a

work¨le chain is illustrated in Figure 10-2.

10-8 HP 3392A Workfile Chains

Page 163: 1090

Start and Stop fromHP 1090

§Start • §Enter • or §Stop •

Y ou use these keys to start and to stop work¨le chains.

Pressing §Start • has no immediate action. After pressing

§Start • , the line that is displayed depends on the previous

dialog.

§Start •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

START 0 50 55 3

After you press §Enter • , the HP 1090 performs the ¨rst

analysis of the programmed work¨le chain.

Note Prerequisite for more than one analysis is that OPTION

10 is set on HP 3392A. If it is not set, the follo wing is

displayed for 2 seconds:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

no automation

Analysis will be aborted after ¨rst run.

For each injection that you de¨ned, the HP 1090:

calibrates FPD (if installed);

starts injection cycle;

creates start signal at REMOTE CONTROL

connector;

creates start command on INET;

starts time program;

outputs vial number at BCD OUTPUT connector.

Stop from HP 1090 §Stop •

Pressing the §Stop • key stops the current analysis

immediately and the HP 1090:

creates stop signal at REMOTE CONTROL

connector;

HP 3392A Workfile Chains 10-9

Page 164: 1090

creates stop command on INET;

reverses any time-programmed parameter changes.

The following is displayed:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

analysis aborted

Start and stop from

HP 3392A

§ST ART •

Y ou can use this key to start execution of a work¨le

chain. The ¨rst analysis is performed according to the

parameters which are currently loaded in the actual

method. Status line is display ed on the HP 1090. This

line is also displayed every time a new work¨le is loaded

into the active workspace, during execution of a work¨le

chain.

§STOP •

Y ou can use this key to stop execution of a work¨le

chain.

Note §STOP • or §ST ART • key pressed during an injection cycle

on the HP 3392A does not a´ect the injection cycle.

§STOP • key leads to an immediate abort of the run

after the injection cycle is completed.

A prerequisite for execution of a work¨le chain is that

OPTION 10 had been set on HP 3392A before storing

each single work¨le. If OPTION 10 had not been set,

the ¨rst run is immediately aborted.

10-10 HP 3392A W orkfile Chains

Page 165: 1090

Creating W orkfile

Chains

Figure 10-3. Creating Workfile Chains

Enter LC/FPD and integration parameters.

HP 3392A W orkfile Chains 10-11

Page 166: 1090

Enter automation parameters on HP 1090:

wait time;

¨rst vial;

last vial;

# of injections and end parameters.

Enable automation on HP 3392A.

If you enter OPTION 18, HP 3392A starts a user

dialog and asks for the next work¨le to be executed.

After pressing §ENTER • the follo wing is printed:

RUNS/SUBSEQ: INVALID

Load ¨rst work¨le to be executed. This has to contain

activ ated OPTION 10 and OPTION 18.

Y ou may start an analysis.

For more information, see HP 3392A Owner's Manual.

The ­ow chart in Figure 10-3 will lead you through the

ma jor steps in how to program a work¨le chain. The

follo wing analysis is a real-life example based on the ­ow

chart. It uses the isocratic sample (01080-68704) on

an ODS standard column, 79916 OD-554 (100 mm in

length, 2.1 mm i.d., 5 ¶ m particles). Channel A is ¨lled

with bidistilled water and channel B with methanol. The

¨lter-photometric detector (FPD), auto-injector and

auto-sampler are used. The work¨le chain consists of two

di´erent work¨les using the same sample i.e. similar sets

of parameters are used.

During execution of the ¨rst work¨le one injection is

performed from vial 10 and vial 11 amnd during the

second work¨le two injections are performed from vial 10

and vial 11.

10-12 HP 3392A W orkfile Chains

Page 167: 1090

After termination of the work¨le chain, the solvent

delivery system (SDS) is turned o´, however the ¨lter

photometric detector remains on.

1. Install the HP 1090 and HP 3392A.

2. T urn on both instruments at their line power

switches.

3. Fill channel A of the SDS with bidistilled water,

channel B with methanol, (HPLC grade).

4. Open the air (at 5 bar) and helium valves.

5. Put the isocratic sample (01080-68704) into two

vials, seal them with Hewlett-Pack ard caps and put

them into positions 10 and 11 of the auto-sampler.

W orkfile 1L C, FPD & integrator

6. Enter the follo wing setpoints on the HP 1090:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FLOW = 2.5

% B= 70 , C1=0

OVENTEMP = 40

INJVOLUM = 1

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 2.5

POSTTIME = 0

FILTER# = 3

LAMPCURRENT = 1

RESPONSETIME = 0

7. Enter the follo wing setpoints on HP 3392A:

ZERO = 10

ATT 2^ = 8

CHT SP = 2.0

PK WD = 0.04

THRSH = 10

AR REJ = 50000

HP 3392A W orkfile Chains 10-13

Page 168: 1090

Automation parameters

8. Press §Sequ • key and enter automation parameters:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 0 10 11 1

Leave default values for the end parameters.

W orkfile Storing

9. Enable automation on HP 3392A by setting:

OPTION 10

10. Enter next work¨le to be executed in chain by

selecting and entering:

OPTION 18

NEXT WORKFILE=2

After pressing ENTER, the HP 3392A prints:

RUNS/SUBSEQ: INVALID

11. Store all parameters in work¨le 1.

W orkfile 2 Repeat step 6 to 11 from the opposite page with

di´erent parameter settings to program the next

work¨le.

LC, FPD & integrator

12. Change the follo wing HP 1090 separation setpoints:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

FLOW = 2.0

INJVOLUM = 2

STOPTIME = 3

13. Change the follo wing HP 3392A setpoints:

ATT 2^ = 9

AR REJ = 100000

10-14 HP 3392A W orkfile Chains

Page 169: 1090

Automation parameters

14. Enter automation parameters and end parameters:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 0 10 11 2

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=0, LAMP=2

15. Enable automation on HP 3392A by setting:

OPTION 10

16. Prohibit next work¨le to be executed in the chain by

setting:

OPTION -18

17. Store all parameters in work¨le 2

ST ART

18. Load work¨le 1 as actual method.

19. Press §Start • and §Enter • on HP 1090.

Enhanced Annotation

RUN # 1 MAR/28/86 11:28:39

WORKFILE ID: A1

WORKFILE NAME:

SAMPLE # 5

AREA%

RT AREA TYPE AR/HT AREA%

0.59 2743500 SPB 0.036 21.827

0.74 2571900 SPB 0.040 20.463

HP 3392A W orkfile Chains 10-15

Page 170: 1090

1.23 2898900 PB 0.051 23.064

2.10 4354600 BB 00.77 34.646

TOTAL AREA= 1.2569E+07

MUL FACTOR= 1.0000E+00

VIAL# 10

INJECTION# 1 OF 2

M3: ISOCRATIC CHECK PHTHALATES

SDS-CONFIG: A=1 B=1 C=1,0

FLOW = 2.5

% B= 70 , C1=0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 40

INJVOLUM = 1

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 2.5

POSTTIME = 0

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0

FILTER# = 3

ZERO% = 5

ATTENUATION = 6

LAMPCURRENT = 1

RESPONSETIME = 0

TIMETABLE EMPTY

LC EVENT LOGBOOK:

EF11 HIGH INTENSITY:R 14:47:02

This example shows a typical report of the ¨rst analysis

follo wing a new work¨le a work¨le chain. The method

parameters are listed fully: this is enhanced annotation.

All the following reports using this method will be

printed using standard annotation. When the next

work¨le in the chain is called, and the new method is

10-16 HP 3392A W orkfile Chains

Page 171: 1090

loaded, the ¨rst report will be printed with enhanced

notation.

Standard Annotation

RUN # 1 FEB/28/85 11:28:39

WORKFILE ID: A1

WORKFILE NAME:

SAMPLE # 10

AREA%

RT AREA TYPE AR/HT AREA%

0.59 2743500 SPB 0.036 21.827

0.74 2571900 SPB 0.040 20.463

1.23 2898900 PB 0.051 23.064

2.10 4354600 BB 00.77 34.646

TOTAL AREA= 1.2569E+07

MUL FACTOR= 1.0000E+00

VIAL# 10

INJECTION# 1 OF 2

M3: ISOCRATIC CHECK PHTHALATES

LC EVENT LOGBOOK:

EF11 HIGH INTENSITY:R 14:47:02

This example shows a typical report following every

injection, except the ¨rst run using a new work¨le in a

work¨le chain.

HP 3392A W orkfile Chains 10-17

Page 172: 1090

Note: the chromatograms shown here were printed on

a Hewlett-Pack ard LaserJet Series II printer and may

deviate from a plot on the HP 3392A.

Adv anced

Operation

Figure 10-4. The HP 1090 Method

While setting up a work¨le chain i.e. during method

development the HP 1090 memory may also be used to

store LC parameters, FPD parameter and timetable.

These parameters are stored in an HP 1090 method.

The HP 1090 method is a complete set of the separation

and detection parameters, including the timetable. The

HP 1090 method can be accessed through the §Method •

and §Timetable • keys.

10-18 HP 3392A W orkfile Chains

Page 173: 1090

Note Note that the auxiliary functions (Chapter 7),

automation and integrator parameters are not part of

the HP 1090 method.

Note that HP 1090 methods cannot be loaded

automatically during execution of a work¨le chain.

Storing the Current

Method

The current method can be stored in memory . Up to a

maximum of 10 methods can be stored, see note below.

Each method is identi¨ed by a number (0 to 9). A

stored method can be loaded, becoming the current

method. Stored methods can be loaded manually using

the §Load • key , see \Loading a stored method").

T o store the current method:

§Shift • §Store • §Method • §0• §Enter •

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 stored

The low est av ailable identifying number in the method

memory will be o´ered automatically . Y ou can store

the current method using this number or enter another

av ailable number.

Note that the number of methods that can be stored

in memory depends on the number of parameter and

timetable lines in each method. The memory can store

up to a maximum of about 330 lines. Remember that

the number of parameter lines in the method depends on

the modules installed in your HP 1090.

If you try to store the current method in memory where

a method is already stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 1 already exists

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD not stored !

HP 3392A W orkfile Chains 10-19

Page 174: 1090

T o store current method, enter a number where a

method has not yet been stored or delete the stored

method, see \Deleting a Stored Method."

If you try to store the current method in memory when

10 methods are already stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method memory full

Before you can store the current method, you must

delete one of the stored methods, see \Deleting a Stored

Method."

If you try to store methods which have long timetables,

you might use all of the reserved memory even before 10

methods have been stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method memory full

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD not stored

This will only occur under extreme circumstances, for

example, when all of the stored methods have timetables

with the maxim um number of lines.

Loading a storedmethod

T o load a stored method:

§Load • §Method • §0• §Enter •

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

loading METHOD 0

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M0: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM HP

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M*: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM LAB

The ¨rst line of the loaded method (now the current

method) is display ed. Remember that you can edit this

comment using the alphabetic and numeric keys, see

\ §Alpha • " in Chapter 2.

If you try to load a method that has not been stored:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 7 non existent

10-20 HP 3392A W orkfile Chains

Page 175: 1090

Deleting a StoredMethod

T o delete a stored method:

§Shift • §Delete • §Method • §0• §Enter •

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 deleted

If you try to delete a method that has not been stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 non existent

HP 3392A W orkfile Chains 10-21

Page 176: 1090
Page 177: 1090

11

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods

The automation (described on the following pages)

communicates with the HP 1090 liquid chromatograph

and the HP 3393A or HP 3396A computing integrator

over the inet instrument network (stop, start and vial

number signals are carried via hpil not REMOTE

CONTROL or BCD OUTPUT). Central element of

communication is the HP 3393A or HP 3396A method,

stored either in the internal memory of the HP 3393A or

HP 3396A, or on a separate ­exible-disk drive ( diskspec

is the nomenclature we shall be using for the disk

speci¨er).

Note that the auxiliary functions (Chapter 7) are not

part of the HP 1090 method, or HP 3393A or HP 3396A

method.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods 11-1

Page 178: 1090

Figure 11-1. The HP 3393A and HP 3396A Method

An HP 3393A or HP 3396A method contains the

follo wing operating parameters:

for the HP 1090

11-2 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods

Page 179: 1090

separation parameters;

detection parameters;

timetable;

for the HP 3393A or HP 3396A

integration parameters;

timetable;

HP 3393A or HP 3396A report options;

calibration parameters.

Execution of unattended operation is done with HP

3393A or HP 3396A sequences, de¨ning how many

injections from which vials are analysed using a

certain HP 3393A or HP 3396A method. HP 3393A or

HP 3396A sequences can be chained. Sequences are

described in fuller details in Chapter 12.

Storing andLoading Method

Files

The contents of the HP 1090 actual method and HP

3393A or HP 3396A actual method can be stored

together in HP 3393A or HP 3396A memory or on a

separate diskspec. HP 3393A or HP 3396A methods

are given ¨lenames of up to eight characters. There is

therefore no limit to the number of method ¨les you can

store, in comparison to the HP 3392A where you can

only store nine work¨les, numbered 1 thru 9. T o increase

the av ailable disc space, see HP 3393A or HP 3396A

Owner's Manual.

T o de¨ne parameter settings for the next analysis,

methods can be loaded as the HP 1090 actual method

and HP 3393A or HP 3396A actual method. Methods

can be loaded manually , see \Loading an HP 3393A

or HP 3396A," or automatically during a sequence or

sequence chain, see Chapter 12 and Chapter 13.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods 11-3

Page 180: 1090

Figure 11-2. Storing and Loading HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods

11-4 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods

Page 181: 1090

Storing the ActualMethod

T o store the contents of both actual methods, use the

following HP 3393A or HP 3396A keys:

§SHIFT • §STORE • §SHIFT • §METH • ¨lename §ENTER •

STORE METH method filename @

If you try to store your actual methods in a method ¨le

that already exists, the follo wing is printed:

OVERWRITE EXISTING FILE [Y/N*]:

If you wish to update this ¨le with new information,

then answer yes ( Y), and the actual method will

overwrite the stored method. If, however you made a

typing mistak e in entering the method ¨lename, then

answer no ( N ) and the follo wing is printed:

METH NOT STORED

Now you can store your actual method correctly .

MEM UNAVAILABLE

indicates that the HP 3393A or HP 3396A memory is

full. For more information see HP 3393A or HP 3396A

Owner's Manual.

Loading an HP 3393Aor HP 3396A

Method File as Actual Method

T o load the contents of an HP 3393A or HP 3396A

method ¨le as an HP 1090 actual method and HP 3393A

or HP 3396A actual method:

§SHIFT • §LOAD • §SHIFT • §METH • ¨lename §ENTER •

LOAD METH method filename @

Y ou may start an analysis now. After pressing:

§Method •

the following appears in the HP 1090 display line:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M#: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM HP

M* is displayed if the current method has been modi¨ed.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods 11-5

Page 182: 1090

If you try to load a method ¨le that has not been stored,

the follo wing is printed

FILE NOT FOUND

METH NOT CHANGED

HP 3393A and HP

3396A LIST Key

Listing HP 3393A andHP 3396A Files

§D • §I • §R• §ENTER •

The HP 3393A or HP 3396A DIRECTOR Y command

(abbreviated to DIR) lists ¨les stored in the HP 3393A

or HP 3396A internal disk memory ( M: ).

*DIRECTORY M:

VOLUME NAME: M3393 DRIVE: M

DATE: JUL 2, 1986 11:50:14

FILE NAME LENGTH CREATED/VERSION

SIG_BUFF.RAW 2048 01/01/01 00:00:00

CAFFIENE.MET 1536 07/02/86 10:36:12

SESSION. SEQ 1024 07/02/86 10:37:16

USED FREE MAX

FILES 3 19 22

BYTES 4608 30464 35584

Listing actual HP3393A and HP 3396A

method

§LIST • §METH • §ENTER •

Lists integration parameters including the HP 3393A or

HP 3396A timetable, events, calibration, basic options

and the HP 1090 method on the HP 3393A or HP 3396A

printer.

11-6 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods

Page 183: 1090

LIST: METH @

RUN PARAMETERS

ZERO = 0

ATT 2^ = 0

CHT SP = 1.0

AR REJ = 0

THRSH = 0

PK WD = 0

TIMETABLE EVENTS

EMPTY

CALIBRATION

NO CALIB TBL

INTEGRATION PLOT TYPE . . . . FILTERED

RUN DATA STORAGE

Store signal data . . . . . . . . . . . NO

Store processed peaks . . . . . . . NO

REPORT OPTIONS

Suppress local report . . . . . . . NO

Peak height mode . . . . . . . . . . . . NO

Report uncalibrated peaks . . . NO

Extended report . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO

POST-RUN LIST OPTIONS

Store post-run report . . . . . . . NO

External post-run report . . . . NO

List run parameters . . . . . . . . . NO

List timetable . . . . . . . . . . . . .. NO

List calibration table . . . . .. NO

List remote method . . . . . . . . .. NO

HP 1090 LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPH

LOOP ADDRESS:10

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods 11-7

Page 184: 1090

M*: HP 1090 DEFAULT METHOD

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1

FLOW = 0

% B= 0 , C= 10

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 0

INJVOLUM = 0

SLOWDOWN = 0

STOPTIME = 0.2

POSTTIME = 0

FILTER# = 3

ZERO% = 5

ATTENUATION = 6

LAMPCURRENT = 1

RESPONSETIME = 0

TIMETABLE EMPTY

Listing a StoredMethod

§LIST • §SHIFT • §METH • §C• §A • §F• §F • §E • §I• §N• §E • §ENTER •

Lists method-¨le ca´eine on the HP 3393A or HP 3396A

printer. The printout contains data about the inet

con¨guration, at the time the method was stored.

LIST: METH CAFFEINE

RUN PARAMETERS

ZERO = 0

ATT 2^ = 0

CHT SP = 1.0

AR REJ = 0

THRSH = 0

PK WD = 0

TIMETABLE EVENTS

EMPTY

CALIBRATION

11-8 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods

Page 185: 1090

NO CALIB TBL

INTEGRATION PLOT TYPE . . . . FILTERED

RUN DATA STORAGE

Store signal data . . . . . . . . . . . NO

Store processed peaks . . . . . . . NO

REPORT OPTIONS

Suppress local report . . . . . . . NO

Peak height mode . . . . . . . . . . . . NO

Report uncalibrated peaks . . . NO

Extended report . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO

POST-RUN LIST OPTIONS

Store post-run report . . . . . . . NO

External post-run report . . . . NO

List run parameters . . . . . . . . . NO

List timetable . . . . . . . . . . . . .. NO

List calibration table . . . . .. NO

List remote method . . . . . . . . .. NO

INET CONFIGURATION

ENTRY MODEL ADDR DATA PATH STATUS

RUN PARAMETERS

---- ----- -- ------------ ------

1 3393A 0 A0 CONS CH 0 IDLE

2 1090L 10 A0 PROD CH 0 IDLE

3 3393A 0 K0 PROD CH 0 IDLE

4 1090L 10 K0 CONS CH 0 IDLE

5 3393A 0 R0 CONS CH 0 ACTIVE

6 1090L 10 R0 PROD CH 0 ACTIVE

HP 1090 LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPH

LOOP ADDRESS:10

M*: HP 1090 DEFAULT METHOD

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods 11-9

Page 186: 1090

FLOW = 0

% B= 0 , C= 10

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 0

INJVOLUM = 0

SLOWDOWN = 0

STOPTIME = 0.2

POSTTIME = 0

FILTER# = 3

ZERO% = 5

ATTENUATION = 6

LAMPCURRENT = 1

RESPONSETIME = 0

TIMETABLE EMPTY

Listing an HP 1090Method

§LIST • §SHIFT • §METH • §1• §0• §ENTER •

Lists HP 1090 method only , on the HP 3393A or

HP 3396A printer. The speci¨ed number within this

example (10) is the loop address value of the HP 1090 in

the inet hpil loop. Y ou ¨nd it on the printout of the

actual method, see \Listing actual HP 3393A and HP

3396A method."

11-10 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods

Page 187: 1090

* LIST: METH 10 @

HP 1090 LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPH

LOOP ADDRESS: 10

M*: HP 1090 DEFAULT METHOD

SDS-CONFIG A=1 , B=1 , C=1

FLOW = 0

% B= 0 , C= 10

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 0

INJVOLUM = 0

SLOWDOWN = 0

STOPTIME = 0.2

POSTTIME = 0

FILTER# = 3

ZERO% = 5

ATTENUATION = 6

LAMPCURRENT = 1

RESPONSETIME = 0

TIMETABLE EMPTY

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods 11-11

Page 188: 1090
Page 189: 1090

12

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences

The HP 3393A and

HP 3396A

Sequence

A sequence contains automation and end parameters

from the HP 1090 and automation parameters from

the HP 3393A or HP 3396A. Y ou must ¨rst set these

parameters before you can store your sequence, as

described in the follo wing pages.

The HP 3393A or HP 3396A sequence is the ground

element for unattended operation of the HP 1090|

its automation. A sequence chain is a series of one or

more analyses using di´erent separation, detection and

integration methods for di´ering ranges of sample vials

in the HP 1090 autosampler. T o perform a sequence,

the inet control of the HP 1090 autosampler must be

given to the HP 3393A or HP 3396A, in the automation

parameters set as part of each individual sequence ¨le.

Remember: CONTROL OF INET SAMPLER: YES for every

sequence ¨le, otherwise the automatic loading of the HP

1090 automation parameters cannot occur, terminating

the sequence, and the sequence chain.

HP 1090 automationparameters

When you press §Sequ • , the HP 1090 automation

parameters are display ed:

§Sequ •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 0 100 100 1

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2; LAMP=2

The displayed numbers correspond to the labels beneath

the display . The ¨rst position, where the cursor sits,

is the WAIT TIME , the other numbers correspond

respectively to FIRST VIAL , LAST VIAL and `# OF

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences 12-1

Page 190: 1090

INJECT'' (number of injections). The parameter limits

are on the opposite page.

Type in WAIT TIME , FIRST VIAL , LAST VIAL and # OF

INJECT and then press §Enter • . The line containing the

end parameters is displayed:

§5• §T ab • §0• §T ab • §9• §T ab • §5 •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 5 0 9 5

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

§ENTER •

AUTOMATION 5 0 9 5NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

WAIT TIME

W ait time during which the HP 1090 waits between

retrieving method (if not current method) and starting

with ¨rst injection.

Limits: 0 to 99 minutes in steps of 1. No entry is same

as 0.

If you enter INJECTOR WASH the WAIT TIME determines

for how long the syringe will be ­ushed, see \W ASH

During HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence."

FIRST VIAL

First vial to be analyzed.

Limits: 0 to 100. Vial 100 in swivel arm. Vials 0 to 99

in auto-sampler.

LAST VIAL

Last vial to be analyzed.

Limits: 0 to 100.

12-2 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences

Page 191: 1090

# OF INJECT

Number of injections to be made from each vial.

Limits: 0 to 99. # OF INJECT = 0 , an analysis with no

injection cycle.

WASH During HP3393A and HP 3396A

Sequence

The injector has to be washed:

after you have primed the system;

after you have changed solvents;

after you have altered solvent composition;

when you have reproducibility problems; (you may

have air in the syringe);

if you have had air in your solvent delivery system;

from time to time, when you use bu´ers.

For technical information, see your HP 1090 Guide

Bo oks.

Using the INJECTOR WASH function, you can

automatically ­ush the syringe during a sequence:

§Method • §1• §0• §Inj Wash •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 10 ! INJECTOR WASH

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

§Enter •

AUTOMATION 10 INJECTOR WASHNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

If you enter INJECTOR WASH , the syringe will be ­ushed

with the current ­ow rate and solvent composition for

the time de¨ned by WAIT TIME . The WAIT TIME includes

the time required to withdraw the plunger of the syringe.

This time is 25 s multiplied by the value you have

entered for SLOWDOWN . The time required to drive the

plunger home after the ­ushing cycle is alwa ys 50 sec,

during which the Not Ready lamp will be on.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences 12-3

Page 192: 1090

T o delete INJECTOR WASH from the automation line enter

a number for FIRST VIAL .

End Parameters The end parameter line enables automatic control of

the solvent delivery system and the ¨lter-photometric

detector after all injections from all vials of a work¨le

have been executed; and can be used to switch the

solvent delivery system and the ¨lter-photometric

detector on or o´, after a sequence or at the end of a

sequence chain.

AUTOMATION 5 0 9 5NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=2, LAMP=2

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PUMP=2

Controls metering pump(s) and high-pressure pump of

SDS at end of sequence.

Limits:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PUMP=0 T urns o´ SDS.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PUMP=1 SDS remains on or is turned on.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PUMP=2 Function ignored.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

LAMP=2

Controls lamp and electronics if FPD.

Limits:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

LAMP=0 T urns o´ FPD.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

LAMP=1 FPD remains on or is turned on.

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

LAMP=2 Function ignored.

Within a sequence chain the status will normally be

that solvent delivery system (SDS) or detector remain

on. At the end of the last analysis, of the last sequence,

the detector and solvent delivery system (SDS) can be

automatically turned OFF.

12-4 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences

Page 193: 1090

Note that if a sequence chain is aborted due to errors,

this line may not be executed.

HP 3393A and HP3396A Automation

Parameters

T o generate the automation parameters for the HP

3393A or HP 3396A, press the follo wing keys:

§SHIFT • §PREP • §SHIFT • §SEQ •

The HP 3393A or HP 3396A begins a dialog, asking

questions to which you give the answers, setting the

automation parameters as you go along.

* PREP SEQ

ALS INFORMATION

INET SAMPLER CONTROL [Y/N*]:

Here, you must answer yes ( Y follow ed by §ENTER • ), to

allow the HP 3393A or HP 3396A to control the HP

1090L auto- sampler over INET.

EQUILIBRATION TIME IN SECONDS [0]:

Here, you should use the default value 0 given in

parentheses, so simply press §ENTER • . Use the HP 1090

WAIT TIME , see \HP 3393A and HP 3396A Automation

Parameters," for equilibration.

METHOD [M:CAFFEINE.MET]:

The actual method (if previously speci¨ed) is given in

parentheses. If you want the sequence to analyse using

this method, simply press §ENTER • . If you want to de¨ne

a new method ¨lename, type the name and then press

§ENTER • .

SAMPLE INFORMATION TABLE

BOTTLE OR RUN SAMPLE INDEXED:

This dialog allo ws you to enter data for your samples

in the auto-sampler. When you have entered all the

automation parameters you can store your sequence.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences 12-5

Page 194: 1090

Storing a Sequence

Figure 12-1. Storing an HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence

12-6 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences

Page 195: 1090

T o store an HP 3393A or HP 3396A sequence, use the

following HP 3393A or HP 3396A keys:

§SHIFT • §STORE • §SHIFT • §SEQ • ¨lename §ENTER •

STORE SEQ sequence filename @

If you try to store your sequence in a sequence ¨le that

already exists, the following is printed:

OVERWRITE EXISTING FILE [Y/N*]:

If you wish to update this ¨le with new information,

then answer yes ( Y), and the actual sequence will

overwrite the stored sequence.

If, however you made a typing mistake in entering the

sequence ¨lename, then answer no ( N ) and the follo wing

is printed:

SEQ NOT STORED

Now you can store your new sequence correctly .

MEM UNAVAILABLE

indicates that the HP 3393A or HP 3396A memory is

full. For more information see HP 3393A or HP 3396A

Owner's Manual.

Loading an HP 3393Aand HP 3396A

Sequence File asActual

Sequence T o load the contents of an HP 3393A or HP

3396A sequence ¨le as HP 1090 automation parameters

and HP 3393A or HP 3396A sequence parameters:

§SHIFT • §LOAD • §SHIFT • §SEQ • ¨lename §ENTER •

LOAD SEQ sequence filename @

If you try to load a sequence ¨le that has not been

stored, the follo wing is printed:

FILE NOT FOUND

SEQ NOT CHANGED

Y ou may start an analysis now.

Press the following keys on the HP 3393A or HP 3396A:

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences 12-7

Page 196: 1090

§SHIFT • §SEQ • §ST ART •

Figure 12-2 shows the logical steps of a sequence as it

proceeds after you begin.

12-8 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences

Page 197: 1090

Figure 12-2. Starting an HP 3393A or HP 3396A Sequence

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences 12-9

Page 198: 1090

Listing ActualSequence

§LIST • §SHIFT • §SEQ • §ENTER •

Lists the HP 3393A or HP 3396A actual sequence

parameters and automation parameters on the HP

3393A or HP 3396A printer.

* LIST: SEQ @

ALS INFORMATION

INET SAMPLER CONTROL . . . . . . . . . YES

EQUILIBRATION TIME IN SECONDS .. 0

METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNSPECIFIED

SAMPLE INFORMATION TABLE

BOTTLE OR RUN SAMPLE INDEXED . . . B

HP 1090 LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPH

LOOP ADDRESS:10

AUTOMATION PARAMETERS:

WAIT TIME = 0

FIRST VIAL = 100

LAST VIAL = 100

NBR OF INJ = 1

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=ON LAMP=NO CHG

Listing a StoredSequence

§LIST • §SHIFT • §SEQ • §S • §E • §S • §S• §I • §O • §N • §ENTER •

Lists the sequence ¨le session on the HP 3393A or HP

3396A printer. The printout has the same format as the

actual sequence printout, together with data about the

inet con¨guration at the time the sequence was stored.

* LIST: SEQ SESSION @

ALS INFORMATION

INET SAMPLER CONTROL . . . . . . . . . YES

12-10 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences

Page 199: 1090

EQUILIBRATION TIME IN SECONDS .. 0

METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNSPECIFIED

SAMPLE INFORMATION TABLE

BOTTLE OR RUN SAMPLE INDEXED . . . B

INET CONFIGURATION

ENTRY MODEL ADDR DATA PATH STATUS

---- ----- -- ------------ ------

1 3393A 0 A0 CONS CH 0 IDLE

2 1090L 10 A0 PROD CH 0 IDLE

3 3393A 0 K0 PROD CH 0 IDLE

4 1090L 10 K0 CONS CH 0 IDLE

5 3393A 0 R0 CONS CH 0 ACTIVE

6 1090L 10 R0 PROD CH 0 ACTIVE

HP 1090 LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPH

LOOP ADDRESS:10

AUTOMATION PARAMETERS:

WAIT TIME = 0

FIRST VIAL = 100

LAST VIAL = 100

NBR OF INJ = 1

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=ON LAMP=NO CHG

Listing HP 1090AutomationParameters

§LIST • §SHIFT • §SEQ • §1• §0• §ENTER •

Lists the HP 1090 automation parameters only on the

HP 3393A or HP 3396A printer. The speci¨ed number

in this example (10) is the loop address value of the HP

1090 in the inet loop. Y ou ¨nd it on the printout of the

actual sequence, see above.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences 12-11

Page 200: 1090

* LIST: SEQ 10 @

HP 1090 LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPH

LOOP ADDRESS:10

AUTOMATION PARAMETERS:

WAIT TIME = 0

FIRST VIAL = 100

LAST VIAL = 100

NBR OF INJ = 1

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=ON LAMP=NO CHG

12-12 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences

Page 201: 1090

13

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

T o run sequences automatically you can write a short

BASIC program on the HP 3393A or HP 3396A.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains 13-1

Page 202: 1090

Figure 13-1. The HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chain

13-2 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Page 203: 1090

Creating a

Sequence Chain

Figure 13-2 will lead you through the ma jor steps in how

to program a sequence chain. The follo wing analysis

is a real-life example based on the ­ow chart. It uses

the isocratic sample (01080-68704) on an ODS standard

column, 79916 OD-554 (100 mm in length, 2.1 mm i.d., 5

mm particles). Channel A is ¨lled with bidistilled water

and channel B with methanol. The ¨lter-photometric

detector (FPD), auto-injector and auto-sampler are used.

The chain consists of two di´erent sequences on the same

sample but di´erent sets of parameters, i.e. methods, are

used.

During execution of the ¨rst sequence one injection is

performed from vial 10 and vial 11. During the second

sequence two injections are performed from vial 10 and

vial 11.

After termination of the chain, the solvent delivery

system (SDS) is turned o´, however the ¨lter

photometric detector remains on.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains 13-3

Page 204: 1090

Figure 13-2. Creating an HP 3393A or HP 3396A Sequence Chain

13-4 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Page 205: 1090

Enter LC/FPD and integration parameters.

Store actual method parameters in a new HP 3393A or

HP 3396A method ¨le.

Enter

wait time

¨rst vial / last vial

# of injections and

end parameters.

Enter automation parameters on the HP 3392A.

Answers to the dialog, are:

YES, control auto-sampler

0 equilibration time

method you stored above.

Press ENTER after each answer, to get next question.

Store all the automation parameters in a new sequence

¨le.

Repeat these steps as often as necessary until you have

all the sequences you want.

Enter these two lines for each sequence ¨le you want to

run: chain

GETSEQ "filename"

START SEQ_NOW

Y ou may start the chain in BASIC mode with the

RUN command.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains 13-5

Page 206: 1090

Begin 1. Install the HP 1090 and HP 3392A.

2. T urn on both instruments at their line power

switches.

3. Fill channel A of the SDS with bidistilled water,

channel B with methanol, (HPLC grade).

4. Open the air (at 5 bar) and helium valves.

5. Put the isocratic sample (01080-68704) into two

vials, seal them with Hewlett-Pack ard caps and put

them into positions 10 and 11 of the auto-sampler.

First SequenceLC, FPD & Integrator

6. Enter the following setpoints on the HP 1090:

FLOW = 2.5

% B= 70 , C1=0

OVENTEMP = 40

INJVOLUM = 1

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 2.5

POSTTIME = 0

FILTER# = 3

LAMPCURRENT = 1

RESPONSETIME = 0

7. Enter the following setpoints on HP 3392A:

ZERO = 10

ATT 2^ = 8

CHT SP = 2.0

PK WD = 0.04

THRSH = 10

AR REJ = 50000

Method file

13-6 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Page 207: 1090

8. Store method parameters in ¨rst method ¨le in HP

3393A or HP 3396A .

Automation parameters

9. Enter, using HP 1090 §Sequ • key:

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AUTOMATION 0 10 11 1

Leave default values for the end parameters.

10. Enter, using the HP 3393A or HP 3396A §SHIFT •

§PREP • §SEQ • keys:

INET SAMPLER CONTROL: YES

EQUILIBRATION TIME IN SECONDS: 0

METHOD: filename from step 8.

Sequence file

11. Store automation parameters in ¨rst HP 3393A or

HP 3396A sequence ¨le.

Second sequence Repeat step 6 to 11 from the above with di´erent

parameter settings to program the next method and

sequence ¨le.

LC, FPD & Integrator

12. Change the following HP 1090 separation setpoints:

FLOW = 2.0

INJVOLUM = 2

STOPTIME = 3

13. Change the following HP 3392A setpoints:

ATT 2^ = 9

AR REJ = 100000

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains 13-7

Page 208: 1090

Method File

14. Store method parameters in second method ¨le in

HP 3393A or HP 3396A.

Automation Parameters

15. Enter HP 1090 automation parameters and end

parameters:

AUTOMATION 0 10 11 2

END PARAMETERS: PUMP=0, LAMP=2

16. Enter HP 3393A or HP 3396A automation

parameters

INET SAMPLER CONTROL: YES

EQUILIBRATION TIME IN SECONDS: 0

METHOD: filename from step 14

Sequence File

17. Store automation parameters in second HP 3393A or

HP 3396A sequence ¨le.

Sequence Chain

18. Enter basic mode on HP 3393A or HP 3396A.

> BASIC

> 10 GETSEQ "filename from step 11"

> 20 START SEQ_NOW

> 30 GETSEQ "filename from step17"

> 40 START SEQ_NOW

> 50 END

> RUN

13-8 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Page 209: 1090

Enhanced Annotation This example shows a typical report of the ¨rst analysis

following a new method in a sequence chain. The

method parameters are listed fully: this is enhanced

annotation. All the follo wing reports using this method

will be printed using standard annotation. When the

next sequence in the chain is called, and a new method

is loaded, the report of the ¨rst analysis will be printed

with enhanced annotation.

RUN # 1 FEB/28/85 11:28:39

SAMPLE# 1

METHOD NAME: M:CAFFEINE.MET

AREA%

RT AREA TYPE AR/HT AREA%

0.59 2743500 SPB 0.036 21.827

0.74 2571900 SPB 0.040 20.463

1.23 2898900 PB 0.051 23.064

2.10 4354600 BB 00.77 34.646

TOTAL AREA= 1.2569E+07

MUL FACTOR= 1.0000E+00

VIAL# 1

INJECTION# 1 OF 2

M#: ISOCRATIC CHECK PHTHALATES

SDS-CONFIG: A=1 B=1 C=1,0

FLOW = 2.5

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains 13-9

Page 210: 1090

% B= 70 , C1=0

MAXPRESS = 400

MINPRESS = 0

OVENTEMP = 40

INJVOLUM = 1

SLOWDOWN = 2

STOPTIME = 2.5

POSTTIME = 0

E1=0 E2=0 E3=0 E4=0

FILTER# = 3

ZERO% = 5

ATTENUATION = 6

LAMPCURRENT = 1

RESPONSETIME = 0

TIMETABLE EMPTY

LC EVENTS LOGBOOK

EI18 INJ ERROR 14:46:02

Standard annotation This example shows a typical report follo wing every

injection, except the ¨rst run using a new method in a

sequence chain.

RUN # 1 FEB/28/85 11:28:39

SAMPLE# 1

METHOD NAME: M:CAFFEINE.MET

13-10 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Page 211: 1090

AREA%

RT AREA TYPE AR/HT AREA%

0.59 2743500 SPB 0.036 21.827

0.74 2571900 SPB 0.040 20.463

1.23 2898900 PB 0.051 23.064

2.10 4354600 BB 00.77 34.646

TOTAL AREA= 1.2569E+07

MUL FACTOR= 1.0000E+00

VIAL# 1

INJECTION# 1 OF 2

M#: ISOCRATIC CHECK PHTHALATES

LC EVENTS LOGBOOK

EI18 INJ ERROR 14:46:02

Figure 13-3. The HP 1090 Method

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains 13-11

Page 212: 1090

Adv anced

Operation

While setting up a sequence chain i.e. during method

development, the HP 1090 memory may also be used to

store separation and detection parameters and timetable.

These parameters are stored in an HP 1090 method.

The HP 1090 method is a complete set of the separation

and detection parameters, including the timetable. The

HP 1090 method can be accessed through the §Method •

and §Timetable • keys.

Note Note that the auxiliary functions (Chapter 7) and

integrator parameters are not part of the HP 1090

method.

Note that HP 1090 methods cannot be loaded

automatically during a sequence chain.

Storing the CurrentMethod

The current method can be stored in memory . Up to a

maximum of 9 methods can be stored, see note below.

Each method is identi¨ed by a number (0 to 8). A

stored method can be loaded, becoming the current

method. Stored methods can be loaded manually using

the §Load • key , see \Loading a Stored Method."

T o store the current method:

§Shift • §Store • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 stored

The lowest av ailable identifying number in the method

memory will be o´ered automatically . Y ou can store

the current method using this number or enter another

av ailable number.

Note that the number of methods that can be stored

in memory depends on the number of parameter and

timetable lines in each method. The memory can store

up to a maximum of about 330 lines. Remember that

the number of parameter lines in the method depends on

the modules installed in your HP 1090.

13-12 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Page 213: 1090

If you try to store the current method in memory where

a method is already stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 1 already existsNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD not stored !

T o store current method, enter a number where a

method has not yet been stored or delete the stored

method, see \Deleting a Stored Method."

If you try to store the current method in memory when

10 methods are already stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method memory full

Before you can store the current method, you must

delete one of the stored methods, see \Deleting a Stored

Method."

If you try to store methods which have long timetables,

you might use all of the reserved memory even before 10

methods have been stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

method memory fullNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD not stored

This will only occur under extreme circumstances, for

example, when all of the stored methods have timetables

with the maximum number of lines.

Loading a StoredMethod

T o load a stored method:

§Load • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

loading METHOD 0NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M0: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM HPNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

M*: ISOCRATIC STANDARD FROM HP

The ¨rst line of the loaded method (now the current

method) is displayed. Remember that you can edit this

comment using the alphabetic and numeric keys, see

\ §Alpha • " in Chapter 2.

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains 13-13

Page 214: 1090

If you try to load a method that has not been stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 7 non existent

Deleting a StoredMethod

T o delete a stored method:

§Shift • §Delete • §Method • §0• §Enter •NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 deleted

If you try to delete a method that has not been stored:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

METHOD 0 non existent

13-14 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Page 215: 1090

Contents

1. Getting Started

Start Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Using Y our HP 1090 With a ChemStation 1-3

Switching F rom Local to Remote . . . 1-3

Switching F rom Remote to Local . . . 1-4

Shut Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

The Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

System Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Analysis Control Keys . . . . . . . . 1-7

Parameters Keys . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Display Line . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Status Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Editing the Displa y . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Setting Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Step 1: Select Function . . . . . . . 1-8

Step 2: Edit Set Point . . . . . . . 1-10

Step 3: Enter New Set Point . . . . . 1-10

Illegal Parameter Entry . . . . . . . . 1-11

2. System Keys

§Shift • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

§System on • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

§Shift • §System o´ • . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

§Pump on • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

§Shift • §Pump o´ • . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

§Lamp on • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

§Lamp on • with FPD . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Calibrating the FPD . . . . . . . 2-3

§Lamp on • with DAD . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Calibrating the DAD . . . . . . . 2-4

Contents-1

Page 216: 1090

§Shift • §Lamp o´ • . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

§Disp • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

§Print • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

HP 1090 With No Communication

Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

HP 1090 With INET . . . . . . . . 2-6

HP 1090 With HP-IB . . . . . . . . 2-7

Printing Current Method . . . . . . 2-7

Printing Current Injector Program . . 2-8

Printing Stored Method . . . . . . . 2-8

Printing Method Directory . . . . . . 2-9

Printing Filter W avelengths . . . . . 2-9

§Method • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

§Timetable • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

§Sequ • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

§Status • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

§Ctrl • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

§Ctrl • I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

§Ctrl • J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

§Ctrl • L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

§Ctrl • U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

§Ctrl • 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

§Ctrl • 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

§Insert • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

§Delete • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

§Store • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

§Load • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Loading a Method . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Loading a Filter . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

§Alpha • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

3. Analysis Control Keys

§Start • and §Stop • . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Using §Start • and §Stop • with an

Auto-injector . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

METH # . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

WAIT TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

FIRST VIAL . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Contents-2

Page 217: 1090

LAST VIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

# OF INJECT . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Starting the Analysis . . . . . . . 3-3

Stopping the Analysis . . . . . . . 3-3

Breaking Injection Cycle . . . . . . 3-4

Stopping Injector Program . . . . . 3-4

Curtailing WAIT TIME . . . . . . . 3-5

Using §Start • and §Stop • with a Manual

Injection V alve . . . . . . . . . 3-5

4. Parameter Keys

§Flow • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

§% • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

§% • With T ernary PV5 SDS . . . . . 4-2

§% • With Quaternary PV5 SDS . . . . 4-2

§% • with DR5 SDS . . . . . . . . . 4-3

§Inj Vol • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

§Inj Wash • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

§Max Press • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

§Oven T emp • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

§Column Switch • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

§Ext Cont • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

§Stop Time • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

§µ Signal • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

§µ Signal • with FPD . . . . . . . . . 4-6

§µ Signal • with DAD . . . . . . . . . 4-7

§Resp Time • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

§Resp Time • with FPD . . . . . . . . 4-8

§Resp Time • with DAD . . . . . . . . 4-8

§T ake Spectr • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

§T ake Spectr • with FPD . . . . . . . . 4-9

§T ake Spectr • with DAD . . . . . . . . 4-9

§Method • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

SDS-CONFIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

SDS-CONFIG With T ernary PV5 SDS . 4-12

SDS-CONFIG With Quaternary PV5 SDS 4-12

SDS-CONFIG with DR5 SDS . . . . . 4-12

MINPRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Contents-3

Page 218: 1090

SLOWDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

POSTTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

ZERO% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

ATTENUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

LAMPCURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

A S= and R= . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

MEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

The Peak Detector . . . . . . . . . 4-15

MEM PE and TH . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

SPE FR and TO . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

§Timetable • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Entering a Timetable . . . . . . . . 4-18

Inserting Into Timetable . . . . . . . 4-19

Deleting a Line F rom the Timetable . 4-20

Deleting the Timetable . . . . . . . 4-20

Injector Program . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Editing the Injector Program . . . . . 4-21

Injector Program Commands . . . . . 4-22

5. HP 1090 Methods

The HP 1090 Method . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Storing an HP 1090 Method . . . . . . 5-1

Loading an HP 1090 Method . . . . . . 5-3

METHOD 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Deleting an HP 1090 Method . . . . . 5-6

6. HP 1090 Sequences

The HP 1090 Sequence . . . . . . . . 6-1

Entering a sequence table . . . . . . . 6-2

Line # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Meth # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Wait Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

First Vial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Last Vial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

# Of Inject . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

W ashing the Injector During A Sequence 6-5

T erminating a Sequence . . . . . . . . 6-6

Inserting Lines in a Sequence T able . . . 6-7

Contents-4

Page 219: 1090

Deleting Lines from a Sequence T able . . 6-8

Sequence Control Keys . . . . . . . . 6-8

Monitoring a Sequence . . . . . . . . 6-9

Specifying Calibration Vials . . . . . . 6-10

# of vials or inj . . . . . . . . . 6-10

vials or inj . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

cal mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Using cal mode . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

cal mode 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

cal mode 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

cal mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

cal mode 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

cal mode 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

cal mode 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

cal mode 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

cal mode 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

cal mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

cal mode 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

cal mode 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

cal mode 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

7. Auxiliary Functions

RESET INJECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

MAXFLOW@P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

MAXINJVOLUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

ABORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

DETSIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

DAD TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

T roubleshooting Auto-Injector and

Auto-Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

T roubleshooting the DAD . . . . . . . 7-6

Contents-5

Page 220: 1090

8. Status

Status Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Injecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

§Status • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Not Ready Messages . . . . . . . . 8-6

Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Event Messages . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

System Event Messages ES . . . . 8-15

Injector Event Messages EI . . . . 8-16

Flow System Event Messages EF . . 8-21

Oven Event Messages EO . . . . . 8-28

FPD Event Messages ED . . . . . 8-29

DAD Event Messages . . . . . . . 8-30

Failure Messages . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

9. HP 3392A W ork¨les

Storing and Loading W ork¨les . . . . . 9-3

Storing the Actual Method . . . . . . 9-3

Loading a W ork¨le as Actual Method . . 9-5

Creating W ork¨les . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

HP 3392A §LIST • Key . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Listing HP 3392A W ork¨les . . . . . 9-8

Listing an HP 3392A Method . . . . 9-8

Listing Actual W ork¨le . . . . . . . 9-9

Listing a Stored W ork¨le . . . . . . 9-11

Listing HP 1090 Method and

Automation Parameters . . . . . 9-11

Contents-6

Page 221: 1090

10. HP 3392A W ork¨le Chains

The HP 3392A W ork¨le Chain . . . . . 10-3

Entering Automation Parameters . . . 10-3

W AIT TIME . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

FIRST VIAL . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

LAST VIAL . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

# OF INJECT . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

W ASH During W ork¨le Chain . . . . 10-5

End Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

Starting and Stopping a W ork¨le Chain . 10-7

Start and Stop from HP 1090 . . . . 10-9

Stop from HP 1090 . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Start and stop from HP 3392A . . . . 10-10

Creating W ork¨le Chains . . . . . . . 10-11

W ork¨le 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

LC, FPD & integrator . . . . . . . 10-13

Automation parameters . . . . . . 10-14

W ork¨le Storing . . . . . . . . . 10-14

W ork¨le 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

LC, FPD & integrator . . . . . . . 10-14

Automation parameters . . . . . . 10-15

ST AR T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Enhanced Annotation . . . . . . . . 10-15

Standard Annotation . . . . . . . . 10-17

Adv anced Operation . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Storing the Current Method . . . . . 10-19

Loading a stored method . . . . . . 10-20

Deleting a Stored Method . . . . . . 10-21

11. HP 3393A and HP 3396A Methods

Storing and Loading Method Files . . . 11-3

Storing the Actual Method . . . . . 11-5

Loading an HP 3393A or HP 3396A . . 11-5

HP 3393A and HP 3396A LIST Key . . 11-6

Listing HP 3393A and HP 3396A Files 11-6

Contents-7

Page 222: 1090

Listing actual HP 3393A and HP 3396A

method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6

Listing a Stored Method . . . . . . . 11-8

Listing an HP 1090 Method . . . . . 11-10

12. HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequences

The HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence . 12-1

HP 1090 automation parameters . . . 12-1

W AIT TIME . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

FIRST VIAL . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

LAST VIAL . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

# OF INJECT . . . . . . . . . . 12-3

W ASH During HP 3393A and HP 3396A

Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3

End Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 12-4NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

PUMP=2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

LAMP=2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4

HP 3393A and HP 3396A Automation

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5

Storing a Sequence . . . . . . . . . 12-6

Loading an HP 3393A and HP 3396A

Sequence File as Actual . . . . . 12-7

Listing Actual Sequence . . . . . . . 12-10

Listing a Stored Sequence . . . . . . 12-10

Listing HP 1090 Automation Parameters 12-11

13. HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Creating a Sequence Chain . . . . . . 13-3

Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6

First Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6

LC, FPD & Integrator . . . . . . 13-6

Method ¨le . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6

Automation parameters . . . . . . 13-7

Sequence ¨le . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Second sequence . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

LC, FPD & Integrator . . . . . . 13-7

Method File . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Automation Parameters . . . . . . 13-8

Contents-8

Page 223: 1090

Sequence File . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Sequence Chain . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Enhanced Annotation . . . . . . . . 13-9

Standard annotation . . . . . . . . 13-10

Adv anced Operation . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Storing the Current Method . . . . . 13-12

Loading a Stored Method . . . . . . 13-13

Deleting a Stored Method . . . . . . 13-14

Index

Contents-9

Page 224: 1090

Figures

5-1. Storing and Loading an HP 1090 Method 5-2

6-1. The HP 1090 Sequence . . . . . . . 6-3

9-1. The HP 3392A W ork¨le . . . . . . . 9-2

9-2. Storing HP 1090 and HP 3392A

Parameters in a W ork¨le . . . . . 9-4

9-3. Creating W ork¨les . . . . . . . . . 9-6

10-1. The HP 3392 W ork¨le Chain . . . . . 10-2

10-2. Starting and Stopping W ork¨le Chains 10-8

10-3. Creating W ork¨le Chains . . . . . . 10-11

10-4. The HP 1090 Method . . . . . . . . 10-18

11-1. The HP 3393A and HP 3396A Method 11-2

11-2. Storing and Loading HP 3393A and HP

3396A Methods . . . . . . . . . 11-4

12-1. Storing an HP 3393A and HP 3396A

Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6

12-2. Starting an HP 3393A or HP 3396A

Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9

13-1. The HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence

Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2

13-2. Creating an HP 3393A or HP 3396A

Sequence Chain . . . . . . . . . 13-4

13-3. The HP 1090 Method . . . . . . . . 13-11

Contents-10 HP 3393A and HP 3396A Sequence Chains

Page 225: 1090

Index

Special characters §% • , 4-2

A ABORT , 7-3

absorbance units per v olt, 4-14

adv anced operation, 10-18, 13-12

§Alpha • , 2-18

AminoQuant amino acid analyzer, 5-4

ANALOG OUTPUT, 4-8, 4-15

analysis control keys, 3-1, 10-7, 12-7

annotations, 10-15, 10-17, 13-9

A signal, 4-7

ATTENUATION , 4-14

auto-injector, 3-1, 7-2, 10-4, 12-2

automation parameters, 9-9, 12-1, 12-11

autosampler, 3-2, 6-4, 10-4, 12-2

auxiliary functions, 7-1

B %B, 4-2

bandwidth, 4-7

BCD OUTPUT connector, 3-3, 9-1, 10-9, 11-1

breaking injection cycle, 3-4

B signal, 4-7

C %C, 4-2

calibrating

DAD, 2-4

FPD, 2-3

cal mode , 6-11

chaining

sequence, 13-3

Index-1

Page 226: 1090

w ork¨les, 10-3

checksum-error, 8-33

ChemStation (Pascal series), ix

COLUMNSW , 4-5, 4-17

§Column Switch • , 4-5, 4-17

comment line, 2-18

controller communication failure, 8-33

creating work¨les, 9-6

C signal, 4-7

§Ctrl • , 2-13, 7-1

cursor, 1-8

curtailing WAIT TIME , 3-5

D DAD event messages, 8-30

DAD TEST , 7-4

dark current

DAD, 2-4

FPD, 2-3

degassing solvents, 2-2

§Delete • , 2-16

deleting

¨lter, 2-16

INJECTOR WASH , 12-3

method, 5-6

methods, 10-21, 13-14

sequence, 6-8

signals, 4-7

timetable, 4-20

DETSIGNAL , 7-4

§Disp • , 2-5

display check, 2-15

down-arrow §©• key, 1-8

DR5 SDS, 4-3, 4-12

D signal, 4-7

Index-2

Page 227: 1090

E E1 E2 E3 E4 , 4-5, 4-17

end parameters, 10-6, 12-4

enhanced annotation, 10-15, 13-9

§Enter • , 1-8

Error lamp, 8-1

error messages, 8-10

§Escape • , 1-8

EVENT connectors, 4-5

event messages, 8-14

ED, 8-29

EF, 8-21

EI, 8-16

EO, 8-28

ER, 8-30

ES, 8-15

events, 4-17

examples

sequence chain, 13-3

work¨le, 9-6

work¨le chain, 10-11

§Ext Cont • , 4-5, 4-17

F failure messages, 8-33

FILTER# , 4-6

¨lter wheel, 2-16

¨rmware revision, 2-15

FIRST VIAL , 3-2, 6-4, 10-4, 12-2

§Flow • , 4-1

FLOW , 4-1

­ow event messages, 8-21

FL reading, 2-6

FPD event messages, 8-29

G gradient analysis with PV5, 4-2

Index-3

Page 228: 1090

H holmium oxide, 7-7

HP 1090 Series I I/L liquid chromatograph, vii

HP 3392A integrator, viii, 3-1, 9-1

HP 3393A integrator, viii, 3-1, 11-1, 12-1, 13-1

HP 3396A integrator, viii, 3-1, 11-1, 12-1, 13-1

I illegal parameter entry, 1-11

INET, 10-9

communication interface, 3-1

loop address, 9-11, 11-10, 12-11

Injecting lamp, 8-1

injection cycle break, 3-4

injector

event messages, 8-14

reset, 7-2

INJECTOR WASH , 6-4{5, 10-5, 12-3

INJECT status, 8-2

§Inj Vol • , 4-3

INJVOLUM , 4-3

§Inj Wash • , 4-4, 10-5, 12-3

§Insert • , 2-16, 4-19, 6-7

INTEGRA TOR output, 4-8, 7-4

interrupt error, 8-33

K keyboard, 1-6

L §µ Signal • , 4-6

LAMPCURRENT , 4-14

Lamp lamp, 8-1

§Lamp o´ • , 2-5

§Lamp on • , 2-3

LAST VIAL , 3-2, 6-5, 10-4, 12-2

LC-controller timeout, 8-33

LC event logbook, 10-15, 10-17, 13-9

left-arrow §¶• key, 1-8

Line # , 6-3

§LIST • , 12-10

§LIST • key on HP 3392A, 9-8

§LIST • key on HP 3393A and HP 3396A, 11-6

§Load • , 2-17

Index-4

Page 229: 1090

loading

¨lters, 2-17

method, 5-3

loading HP 3393A and HP 3396A sequence, 12-7

§LOAD • key on HP 3393A and HP 3396A, 12-7

lock keyboard, 2-15

loop address, 9-11, 11-10, 12-11

LP reading, 2-6

LUSI

system controller, vii

with HP-IB communication interface, vii

with INET communication interface, vii

M manual injection v alve, 3-5

manually , 4-9

MAXFLOW@P , 7-2

MAXINJVOLUM , 7-2

§Max Press • , 4-4

MAXPRESS , 4-4

MEM , 4-15, 4-17

memorize function, 4-15

MEM PE , 4-16

MEM TH , 4-16

Meth # , 6-4

METH # , 3-2

method, 10-20, 13-13

comment, 2-18

¨lenames, 11-3, 12-5

HP 3393A and HP 3396A, 11-5

listing, 11-6

number, 5-1

§Method • , 2-10, 4-9, 5-1, 10-19, 13-12

MINPRESS , 4-13

Index-5

Page 230: 1090

N Not ready lamp, 8-1, 8-6

nRdy messages, 8-6

O # Of Inject , 6-5

# OF INJECT , 3-2, 10-5, 12-3

# of vials or inj , 6-10

OPTION 10, 10-3, 10-10, 10-12

OPTION 18, 9-7, 10-3, 10-12

OPTION † 18, 9-7, 10-3

oven event messages, 8-28

§Oven T emp • , 4-5

OVENTEMP , 4-5

P peakwidth, 4-16

percent key §% • , 4-2

POSTRUN status, 8-2

POSTTIME , 4-13

powerfail, 1-5

§PREP • key , in HP 3393A or HP 3396A sequence, 12-5

PRERUN status, 8-2

priming SDS, 2-2

§Print • , 2-6

PUMP , 12-4

§Pump o´ • , 2-3

§Pump on • , 2-2

PV5 SDS, 4-2, 4-12

R RAM-test, 8-33

RECORDER output, 4-8

REMOTE CONTROL connector, 3-3, 9-1, 10-9, 11-1

report annotation, 13-9

report annotations, 10-16

RESET , 7-3

RESET INJECTOR , 7-2

RESPONSETIME , 4-8

§Resp Time • , 4-8

right-arrow §ß• key, 1-8

Running lamp, 8-1

RUN status, 8-2

Index-6

Page 231: 1090

S SDS-CONFIG , 4-11

§SEQ • §ST ART • keys on HP 3393A and HP 3396A, 12-7

§Sequ • , 2-12, 6-1, 12-1

sequence

control, 6-1

¨lenames, 12-6

listing, 12-10

programming, 13-5

table, 6-2

termination, 6-6

Sequence lamp, 8-1

sequential control

with HP 3393A and HP 3396A, 12-1

setting parameters, 1-8

§Shift • , 2-1

shut down, 1-5

SLOWDOWN , 4-13

spectral range, 4-16

SPE FR , 4-16

SPE STEP , 4-16

SPE TO , 4-16

standard annotation, 10-17, 13-10

§Start • , 3-1, 6-1, 10-1

§ST ART • key on HP 3392A, 10-10

§ST ART • key on HP 3393A and HP 3396A, 12-7

start up, 1-1

status

logbook, 8-3

messages, 8-5

§Status • , 2-13, 8-2

status lamps, 8-1

STE instructions, 7-5

§Stop • , 3-1, 3-3, 6-2, 10-9

§STOP • key on HP 3392A, 10-10

§Stop Time • , 4-6

STOPTIME , 4-6

§Store • , 2-17, 10-19, 13-12

storing

HP 3393A sequences, 12-6

methods, 10-19, 11-5, 13-12

work¨les, 9-3, 10-11, 10-14

Index-7

Page 232: 1090

storing methods, 5-1, 6-4

system event messages, 8-15

§System on • , 2-2

T §T ab • , 1-8

§T ake Spectr • , 4-8

terminating a sequence, 6-6

test

display, 2-15

¨rmware, 2-15

threshold, 4-16

TIME , 7-3

§Timetable • , 2-11, 4-17, 5-1

troubleshooting instructions, 8-5

U unlocked keyboard, 2-15

V VIAL

FIRST , 3-2, 6-4{5, 10-4, 12-2

LAST , 3-2, 10-4, 12-2

vial number, 3-3

vials or inj , 6-11

W WAITING status, 8-2

Wait Time , 6-4

WAIT TIME , 3-2, 10-4, 12-2

WASH , 4-4

in work¨le chain, 10-5

WASH in sequence, 12-3

work¨le, 9-1, 9-5

Z ZERO% , 4-14

Index-8